Ion channel modulators and methods of use

ABSTRACT

In general, the invention relates to compounds useful as ion channel modulators. It has now been found that compounds of this invention, and pharmaceutically acceptable compositions thereof, are useful as inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium channels and/or calcium channels.

CLAIM OF PRIORITY

This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent ApplicationNos. 60/624,718; 60/624,716; and 60/624,800, all of which were filed onNov. 3, 2004. The entire contents of the aforementioned applications areincorporated in their entirety.

TECHNICAL FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to compounds useful as inhibitors of ionchannels. The invention also provides pharmaceutically acceptablecompositions comprising the compounds of the invention and methods ofusing the compositions in the treatment of various disorders.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

Na channels are central to the generation of action potentials in allexcitable cells such as neurons and myocytes. They play key roles inexcitable tissue including brain, smooth muscles of the gastrointestinaltract, skeletal muscle, the peripheral nervous system, spinal cord andairway. As such, they play key roles in a variety of disease states suchas epilepsy (See, Moulard, B. and D. Bertrand (2002) “Epilepsy andsodium channel blockers” Expert Opin. Ther. Patents 12(1): 85-91)), pain(See, Waxman, S. G., S. Dib-Hajj, et al. (1999) “Sodium channels andpain” Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 96(14): 7635-9 and Waxman, S. G., T. R.Cummins, et al. (2000) “Voltage-gated sodium channels and the molecularpathogenesis of pain: a review” J Rehabil Res Dev 37(5): 517-28),myotonia (See, Meola, G. and V. Sansone (2000) “Therapy in myotonicdisorders and in muscle channelopathies” Neurol Sci 21(5): S953-61 andMankodi, A. and C. A. Thornton (2002) “Myotonic syndromes” Curr OpinNeurol 15(5): 545-52), ataxia (See, Meisler, M. H., J. A. Kearney, etal. (2002) “Mutations of voltage-gated sodium channels in movementdisorders and epilepsy” Novartis Found Sump 241: 72-81), multiplesclerosis (See, Black, J. A., S. Dib-Hajj, et al. (2000) “Sensoryneuron-specific sodium channel SNS is abnormally expressed in the brainsof mice with experimental allergic encephalomyelitis and humans withmultiple sclerosis” Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 97(21): 11598-602, andRenganathan, M., M. Gelderblom, et al. (2003) “Expression of Na(v)1.8sodium channels perturbs the firing patterns of cerebellar purkinjecells” Brain Res 959(2): 235-42), irritable bowel (See, Su, X., R. E.Wachtel, et al. (1999) “Capsaicin sensitivity and voltage-gated sodiumcurrents in colon sensory neurons from rat dorsal root ganglia” Am JPhysiol 277(6 Pt 1): G1180-8, and Laird, J. M., V. Souslova, et al.(2002) “Deficits in visceral pain and referred hyperalgesia in Nav1.8(SNS/PN3)-null mice” J Neurosci 22(19): 8352-6), urinary incontinenceand visceral pain (See Yoshimura, N., S. Seki, et al. (2001) “Theinvolvement of the tetrodotoxin-resistant sodium channel Na(v)1.8(PN3/SNS) in a rat model of visceral pain” J Neurosci 21(21): 8690-6),as well as an array of psychiatry dysfunctions such as anxiety anddepression (See, Hurley, S. C. (2002) “Lamotrigine update and its use inmood disorders” Ann Pharmacother 36(5): 860-73).

Voltage gated Na channels comprise a gene family consisting of 9different subtypes (NaV1.1-NaV1.9). As shown in Table A, these subtypesshow tissue specific localization and functional differences (See,Goldin, A. L. (2001) “Resurgence of sodium channel research” Annu RevPhysiol 63: 871-94). Three members of the gene family (NaV1.8, 1.9, 1.5)are resistant to block by the well-known Na channel blocker TTX,demonstrating subtype specificity within this gene family. Mutationalanalysis has identified glutamate 387 as a critical residue for TTXbinding (See., Noda, M., H. Suzuki, et al. (1989) “A single pointmutation confers tetrodotoxin and saxitoxin insensitivity on the sodiumchannel II” FEBS Lett 259(1): 213-6).

TABLE A (Abbreviations: CNS = central nervous system, PNS = peripheralnervous sytem, DRG = dorsal root ganglion, TG = Trigeminal ganglion): Naisoform Tissue TTX IC50 Indications NaV1.1 CNS, PNS 10 nM Pain,Epilepsy, soma of neurodegeneration neurons NaV1.2 CNS, high in 10 nMNeurodegeneration axons Epilepsy NaV1.3 CNS, 15 nM Pain embryonic,injured nerves NaV1.4 Skeletal 25 nM Myotonia muscle NaV1.5 Heart 2 μMArrythmia, long QT NaV1.6 CNS 6 nM Pain, movement widespread, disordersmost abuntant NaV1.7 PNS, DRG, 25 nM Pain, Neuroendocrine terminalsdisorders neuroendocrine NaV1.8 PNS, small >50 μM Pain neurons in DRG &TG NaV1.9 PNS, small 1 μM Pain neurons in DRG & TG

In general, voltage-gated sodium channels (NaVs) are responsible forinitiating the rapid upstroke of action potentials in excitable tissuein nervous system, which transmit the electrical signals that composeand encode normal and aberrant pain sensations. Antagonists of NaVchannels can attenuate these pain signals and are useful for treating avariety of pain conditions, including but not limited to acute, chronic,inflammatory, and neuropathic pain. Known NaV antagonists, such as TTX,lidocaine (See, Mao, J. and L. L. Chen (2000) “Systemic lidocaine forneuropathic pain relief” Pain 87(1): 7-17.), bupivacaine, phenyloin(See, Jensen, T. S. (2002) “Anticonvulsants in neuropathic pain:rationale and clinical evidence” Eur J Pain 6 (Suppl A): 61-8),lamotrigine (See, Rozen, T. D. (2001) “Antiepileptic drugs in themanagement of cluster headache and trigeminal neuralgia” Headache 41Suppl 1: S25-32 and Jensen, T. S. (2002) “Anticonvulsants in neuropathicpain: rationale and clinical evidence” Eur J Pain 6 (Suppl A): 61-8.),and carbamazepine (See, Backonja, M. M. (2002) “Use of anticonvulsantsfor treatment of neuropathic pain” Neurology 59(5 Suppl 2): S14-7), havebeen shown to be useful attenuating pain in humans and animal models.

Hyperalgesia (extreme sensitivity to something painful) that develops inthe presence of tissue injury or inflammation reflects, at least inpart, an increase in the excitability of high-threshold primary afferentneurons innervating the site of injury. Voltage sensitive sodiumchannels activation is critical for the generation and propagation ofneuronal action potentials. There is a growing body of evidenceindicating that modulation of NaV currents is an endogenous mechanismused to control neuronal excitability (See, Goldin, A. L. (2001)“Resurgence of sodium channel research” Annu Rev Physiol 63: 871-94.).Several kinetically and pharmacologically distinct voltage-gated sodiumchannels are found in dorsal root ganglion (DRG) neurons. TheTTX-resistant current is insensitive to micromolar concentrations oftetrodotoxin, and displays slow activation and inactivation kinetics anda more depolarized activation threshold when compared to othervoltage-gated sodium channels. TTX-resistant sodium currents areprimarily restricted to a subpopulation of sensory neurons likely to beinvolved in nociception. Specifically, TTX-resistant sodium currents areexpressed almost exclusively in neurons that have a small cell-bodydiameter and give rise to small-diameter slow-conducting axons and thatare responsive to capsaicin. A large body of experimental evidencedemonstrates that TTX-resistant sodium channels are expressed onC-fibers and are important in the transmission of nociceptiveinformation to the spinal cord.

Intrathecal administration of antisense oligo-deoxynucleotides targetinga unique region of the TTX-resistant sodium channel (NaV1.8) resulted ina significant reduction in PGE₂ induced hyperalgesia (See, Khasar, S.G., M. S. Gold, et al. (1998) “A tetrodotoxin-resistant sodium currentmediates inflammatory pain in the rat” Neurosci Lett 256(1): 17-20).More recently, a knockout mouse line was generated by Wood andcolleagues, which lacks functional NaV1.8. The mutation has an analgesiceffect in tests assessing the animal's response to the inflammatoryagent carrageenan (See, Akopian, A. N., V. Souslova, et al. (1999) “Thetetrodotoxin-resistant sodium channel SNS has a specialized function inpain pathways” Nat Neurosci 2(6): 541-8.). In addition, deficit in bothmechano- and thermoreception were observed in these animals. Theanalgesia shown by the Nav1.8 knockout mutants is consistent withobservations about the role of TTX-resistant currents in nociception.

Immunohistochemical, in-situ hybridization and in-vitroelectrophysiology experiments have all shown that the sodium channelNaV1.8 is selectively localized to the small sensory neurons of thedorsal root ganglion and trigeminal ganglion (See, Akopian, A. N., L.Sivilotti, et al. (1996) “A tetrodotoxin-resistant voltage-gated sodiumchannel expressed by sensory neurons” Nature 379(6562): 257-62.). Theprimary role of these neurons is the detection and transmission ofnociceptive stimuli. Antisense and immunohistochemical evidence alsosupports a role for NaV1.8 in neuropathic pain (See, Lai, J., M. S.Gold, et al. (2002) “Inhibition of neuropathic pain by decreasedexpression of the tetrodotoxin-resistant sodium channel, NaV1.8” Pain95(1-2): 143-52, and Lai, J., J. C. Hunter, et al. (2000) “Blockade ofneuropathic pain by antisense targeting of tetrodotoxin-resistant sodiumchannels in sensory neurons” Methods Enzymol 314: 201-13.). NaV1.8protein is upregulated along uninjured C-fibers adjacent to the nerveinjury. Antisense treatment prevents the redistribution of NaV1.8 alongthe nerve and reverses neuropathic pain. Taken together thegene-knockout and antisense data support a role for NaV1.8 in thedetection and transmission of inflammatory and neuropathic pain.

In neuropathic pain states, there is a remodeling of Na channeldistribution and subtype. In the injured nerve, expression of NaV1.8 andNaV1.9 are greatly reduced whereas expression of the TTX sensitivesubunit NaV 1.3 is 5-10 fold upregulated (See, Dib-Hajj, S. D., J.Fjell, et al. (1999) “Plasticity of sodium channel expression in DRGneurons in the chronic constriction injury model of neuropathic pain.”Pain 83(3): 591-600.) The timecourse of the increase in NaV 1.3parallels the appearance of allodynia in animal models subsequent tonerve injury. The biophysics of the NaV1.3 channel is distinctive inthat it shows very fast repriming after inactivation following an actionpotential. This allows for sustained rates of high firing as is oftenseen in the injured nerve (See, Cummins, T. R., F. Aglieco, et al.(2001) “Nay 1.3 sodium channels: rapid repriming and slow closed-stateinactivation display quantitative differences after expression in amammalian cell line and in spinal sensory neurons” J Neurosci 21(16):5952-61.). NaV1.3 is expressed in the central and peripheral systems ofman. NaV1.9 is similar to NaV1.8 as it is selectively localized to smallsensory neurons of the dorsal root ganglion and trigeminal ganglion(See, Fang, X., L. Djouhri, et al. (2002). “The presence and role of thetetrodotoxin-resistant sodium channel Na(v)1.9 (NaN) in nociceptiveprimary afferent neurons.” J Neurosci 22(17): 7425-33.). It has a slowrate of inactivation and left-shifted voltage dependence for activation(See, Dib-Hajj, S., J. A. Black, et al. (2002) “NaN/Nav1.9: a sodiumchannel with unique properties” Trends Neurosci 25(5): 253-9.). Thesetwo biophysical properties allow NaV1.9 to play a role in establishingthe resting membrane potential of nociceptive neurons. The restingmembrane potential of NaV1.9 expressing cells is in the −55 to −50 mVrange compared to −65 mV for most other peripheral and central neurons.This persistent depolarization is in large part due to the sustainedlow-level activation of NaV1.9 channels. This depolarization allows theneurons to more easily reach the threshold for firing action potentialsin response to nociceptive stimuli. Compounds that block the NaV1.9channel may play an important role in establishing the set point fordetection of painful stimuli. In chronic pain states, nerve and nerveending can become swollen and hypersensitive exhibiting high frequencyaction potential firing with mild or even no stimulation. Thesepathologic nerve swellings are termed neuromas and the primary Nachannels expressed in them are NaV1.8 and NaV1.7 (See, Kretschmer, T.,L. T. Happel, et al. (2002) “Accumulation of PN1 and PN3 sodium channelsin painful human neuroma-evidence from immunocytochemistry” ActaNeurochir (Wien) 144(8): 803-10; discussion 810.). NaV1.6 and NaV1.7 arealso expressed in dorsal root ganglion neurons and contribute to thesmall TTX sensitive component seen in these cells. NaV 1.7 in particularmay therefore be a potential pain target in addition to its role inneuroendocrine excitability (See, Klugbauer, N., L. Lacinova, et al.(1995) “Structure and functional expression of a new member of thetetrodotoxin-sensitive voltage-activated sodium channel family fromhuman neuroendocrine cells” Embo J 14(6): 1084-90).

NaV1.1 (See, Sugawara, T., E. Mazaki-Miyazaki, et al. (2001) “Nav1.1mutations cause febrile seizures associated with afebrile partialseizures.” Neurology 57(4): 703-5.) and NaV1.2 (See, Sugawara, T., Y.Tsurubuchi, et al. (2001) “A missense mutation of the Na⁺ channel alphaII subunit gene Na(v)1.2 in a patient with febrile and afebrile seizurescauses channel dysfunction” Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 98(11): 6384-9) havebeen linked to epilepsy conditions including febrile seizures. There areover 9 genetic mutations in NaV1.1 associated with febrile seizures(See, Meisler, M. H., J. A. Kearney, et al. (2002) “Mutations ofvoltage-gated sodium channels in movement disorders and epilepsy”Novartis Found Symp 241: 72-81)

Antagonists for NaV1.5 have been developed and used to treat cardiacarrhythmias. A gene defect in NaV1.5 that produces a largernoninactivating component to the current has been linked to long QT inman and the orally available local anesthetic mexilitine has been usedto treat this condition (See, Wang, D. W., K. Yazawa, et al. (1997)“Pharmacological targeting of long QT mutant sodium channels.” J ClinInvest 99(7): 1714-20).

Several Na channel blockers are currently used or being tested in theclinic to treat epilepsy (See, Moulard, B. and D. Bertrand (2002)“Epilepsy and sodium channel blockers” Expert Opin. Ther. Patents 12(1):85-91.); acute (See, Wiffen, P., S. Collins, et al. (2000)“Anticonvulsant drugs for acute and chronic pain” Cochrane Database SystRev 3), chronic (See Wiffen, P., S. Collins, et al. (2000)“Anticonvulsant drugs for acute and chronic pain” Cochrane Database SystRev 3, and Guay, D. R. (2001) “Adjunctive agents in the management ofchronic pain” Pharmacotherapy 21(9): 1070-81), inflammatory (See, Gold,M. S. (1999) “Tetrodotoxin-resistant Na+ currents and inflammatoryhyperalgesia.” Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 96(14): 7645-9), and neuropathicpain (See, Strichartz, G. R., Z. Zhou, et al. (2002) “Therapeuticconcentrations of local anaesthetics unveil the potential role of sodiumchannels in neuropathic pain” Novartis Found Symp 241: 189-201, andSandner-Kiesling, A., G. Rumpold Seitlinger, et al. (2002) “Lamotriginemonotherapy for control of neuralgia after nerve section” ActaAnaesthesiol Scand 46(10): 1261-4); cardiac arrhythmias (See, An, R. H.,R. Bangalore, et al. (1996) “Lidocaine block of LQT-3 mutant human Na⁺channels” Circ Res 79(1): 103-8, and Wang, D. W., K. Yazawa, et al.(1997) “Pharmacological targeting of long QT mutant sodium channels” JClin Invest 99(7): 1714-20); for neuroprotection (See, Taylor, C. P. andL. S. Narasimhan (1997) “Sodium channels and therapy of central nervoussystem diseases” Adv Pharmacol 39: 47-98) and as anesthetics (See,Strichartz, G. R., Z. Zhou, et al. (2002) “Therapeutic concentrations oflocal anaesthetics unveil the potential role of sodium channels inneuropathic pain.” Novartis Found Symp 241: 189-201).

Various animal models with clinical significance have been developed forthe study of sodium channel modulators for numerous different painindications. E.g., malignant chronic pain, see, Kohase, H., et al., ActaAnaesthesiol Scand. 2004; 48(3):382-3; femur cancer pain (see, Kohase,H., et al., Acta Anaesthesiol Scand. 2004; 48(3):382-3); non-malignantchronic bone pain (see, Ciocon, J. O. et al., J Am Geriatr Soc. 1994;42(6):593-6); rheumatoid arthritis (see, Calvino, B. et al., Behav BrainRes. 1987; 24(1):11-29); osteoarthritis (see, Guzman, R. E., et al.,Toxicol Pathol. 2003; 31(6):619-24); spinal stenosis (see, Takenobu, Y.et al., J Neurosci Methods. 2001; 104(2):191-8); neuropathic low backpain (see, Hines, R., et al., Pain Med. 2002; 3(4):361-5; Massie, J. B.,et al., J Neurosci Methods. 2004; 137(2):283-9); myofascial painsyndrome (see, Dalpiaz & Dodds, J Pain Palliat Care Pharmacother. 2002;16(1):99-104; Sluka K A et al., Muscle Nerve. 2001; 24(1):37-46);fibromyalgia (see, Bennet & Tai, Int J Clin Pharmacol Res. 1995;15(3):115-9); temporomandibular joint pain (see, Ime H, Ren K, Brain ResMol Brain Res. 1999; 67(1):87-97); chronic visceral pain, includingabdominal (see, Al-Chaer, E. D., et al., Gastroenterology. 2000;119(5):1276-85); pelvic/perineal pain, (see, Wesselmann et al., NeurosciLett. 1998; 246(2):73-6); pancreatic (see, Vera-Portocarrero, L. B., etal., Anesthesiology. 2003; 98(2):474-84); LBS pain (see, Verne, G. N.,et al., Pain. 2003; 105(1-2):223-30; La J H et al., World Gastroenterol.2003; 9(12):2791-5); chronic headache pain (see, Willimas & Stark,Cephalalgia. 2003; 23(10):963-71); migraine (see, Yamamura, H., et al.,J Neurophysiol. 1999; 81(2):479-93); tension headache, including clusterheadaches (see, Costa, A., et al., Cephalalgia. 2000; 20(2):85-91);chronic neuropathic pain, including post-herpetic neuralgia (see, Attal,N., et al., Neurology. 2004; 62(2):218-25; Kim & Chung 1992, Pain50:355); diabetic neuropathy (see, Beidoun A et al., Clin J Pain. 2004;20(3):174-8; Courteix, C., et al., Pain. 1993; 53(1):81-8);HIV-associated neuropathy (see, Portegies & Rosenberg, Ned TijdschrGeneeskd. 2001; 145(15):731-5; Joseph E K et al., Pain. 2004;107(1-2):147-58; Oh, S. B., et al., J Neurosci. 2001; 21(14):5027-35);trigeminal neuralgia (see, Sato, J., et al., Oral Surg Oral Med OralPathol Oral Radiol Endod. 2004; 97(1):18-22; Imamura Y et al., Exp BrainRes. 1997; 116(1):97-103); Charcot-Marie Tooth neuropathy (see, Sereda,M., et al., Neuron. 1996; 16(5):1049-60); hereditary sensoryneuropathies (see, Lee, M. J., et al., Hum Mol. Genet. 2003;12(15):1917-25); peripheral nerve injury (see, Attal, N., et al.,Neurology. 2004; 62(2):218-25; Kim & Chung 1992, Pain 50:355; Bennett &Xie, 1988, Pain 33:87; Decostered, I. & Woolf, C. J., 2000, Pain 87:149;Shir, Y. & Seltzer, Z. 1990; Neurosci Lett 115:62); painful neuromas(see, Nahabedian & Johnson, Ann Plast Surg. 2001; 46(1):15-22; Devor &Raber, Behav Neural Biol. 1983; 37(2):276-83); ectopic proximal anddistal discharges (see, Liu, X. et al., Brain Res. 2001; 900(1):119-27);radiculopathy (see, Devers & Galer, (see, Clin J Pain. 2000;16(3):205-8; Hayashi N et al., Spine. 1998; 23(8):877-85); chemotherapyinduced neuropathic pain (see, Aley, K. O., et al., Neuroscience. 1996;73(1):259-65); radiotherapy-induced neuropathic pain; post-mastectomypain (see, Devers & Galer, Clin J Pain. 2000; 16(3):205-8); central pain(Cabana, A., et al., Anesth Analg. 2004; 98(6):1581-4), spinal cordinjury pain (see, Hains, B. C., et al., Exp Neurol. 2000;164(2):426-37); post-stroke pain; thalamic pain (see, LaBuda, C. J., etal., Neurosci Lett. 2000; 290(1):79-83); complex regional pain syndrome(see, Wallace, M. S., et al., Anesthesiology. 2000; 92(1):75-83; XantosD et al., J Pain. 2004; 5(3 Suppl 2):S1); phanton pain (see, Weber, W.E., Ned Tijdschr Geneeskd. 2001; 145(17):813-7; Levitt & Heyback, Pain.1981; 10(1):67-73); intractable pain (see, Yokoyama, M., et al., Can JAnaesth. 2002; 49(8):810-3); acute pain, acute post-operative pain (see,Koppert, W., et al., Anesth Analg. 2004; 98(4):1050-5; Brennan, T. J.,et al., Pain. 1996; 64(3):493-501); acute musculoskeletal pain; jointpain (see, Gotoh, S., et al., Ann Rheum Dis. 1993; 52(11):817-22);mechanical low back pain (see, Kehl, L. J., et al., Pain. 2000;85(3):333-43); neck pain; tendonitis; injury/exercise pain (see, Sesay,M., et al., Can J Anaesth. 2002; 49(2):137-43); acute visceral pain,including abdominal pain; pyelonephritis; appendicitis; cholecystitis;intestinal obstruction; hernias; etc (see, Giambernardino, M. A., etal., Pain. 1995; 61(3):459-69); chest pain, including cardiac Pain (see,Vergona, R. A., et al., Life Sci. 1984; 35(18):1877-84); pelvic pain,renal colic pain, acute obstetric pain, including labor pain (see,Segal, S., et al., Anesth Analg. 1998; 87(4):864-9); cesarean sectionpain; acute inflammatory, burn and trauma pain; acute intermittent pain,including endometriosis (see, Cason, A. M., et al., Horm Behay. 2003;44(2):123-31); acute herpes zoster pain; sickle cell anemia; acutepancreatitis (see, Toma, H; Gastroenterology. 2000; 119(5):1373-81);breakthrough pain; orofacial pain, including sinusitis pain, dental pain(see, Nusstein, J., et al., J Endod. 1998; 24(7):487-91; Chidiac, J. J.,et al., Eur J Pain. 2002; 6(1):55-67); multiple sclerosis (MS) pain(see, Sakurai & Kanazawa, J Neurol Sci. 1999; 162(2):162-8); pain indepression (see, Greene B, Curr Med Res Opin. 2003; 19(4):272-7);leprosy pain; behcet's disease pain; adiposis dolorosa (see, Devillers &Oranje, Clin Exp Dermatol. 1999; 24(3):240-1); phlebitic pain;Guillain-Barre pain; painful legs and moving toes; Haglund syndrome;erythromelalgia pain (see, Legroux-Crespel, E., et al., Ann DermatolVenereol. 2003; 130(4):429-33); Fabry's disease pain (see, Germain, D.P., J Soc Biol. 2002; 196(2):183-90); Bladder and urogenital disease,including urinary incontinence (see, Berggren, T., et al., J Urol. 1993;150(5 Pt 1):1540-3); hyperactivity bladder (see, Chuang, Y. C., et al.,Urology. 2003; 61(3):664-70); painful bladder syndrome (see, Yoshimura,N., et al., J. Neurosci. 2001; 21(21):8690-6); interstitial cyctitis(IC) (see, Giannakopoulos& Campilomatos, Arch Ital Urol Nefrol Androl.1992; 64(4):337-9; Boucher, M., et al., J Urol. 2000; 164(1):203-8); andprostatitis (see, Mayersak, J. S., Int Surg. 1998; 83(4):347-9; Keith,I. M., et al., J Urol. 2001; 166(1):323-8).

Voltage-gated calcium channels are membrane-spanning, multi-subunitproteins that open in response to membrane depolarization, allowing Caentry from the extracellular milieu. Calcium channels were initiallyclassified based on the time and voltage-dependence of channel openingand on the sensitivity to pharmacological block. The categories werelow-voltage activated (primarily T-type) and high-voltage activated (L,N, P, Q or R-type). This classification scheme was replaced by anomenclature based upon the molecular subunit composition, as summarizedin Table B (Hockerman G H, Peterson B Z, Johnson B D, Catterall W A.1997. Annu Rev Pharmacol Toxicol 37: 361-96; Striessnig J. 1999. CellPhysiol Biochem 9: 242-69). There are four primary subunit types thatmake up calcium channels—α₁, α₂δ, β and □ See, e.g., De Waard et al.Structural and functional diversity of voltage-activated calciumchannels. In Ion Channels, (ed. T. Narahashi) 41-87, (Plenum Press, NewYork, 1996)). The α₁ subunit is the primary determinant of thepharmacological properties and contains the channel pore and voltagesensor (Hockerman et al., 1997; Striessnig, 1999). Ten isoforms of theα₁ subunit are known, as indicated in Table I below. The α₂δ subunitconsists of two disulfide linked subunits, α₂, which is primarilyextracellular, and a transmembrane δ subunit. Four isoforms of α₂δ areknown, α₂δ-1, α₂δ-2, α₂δ-3 and α₂δ-4. The β subunit is anon-glycosylated cytoplasmic protein that binds to the α₁ subunit. Fourisoforms are known, termed β₁ to β₄. The γsubunit is a transmembraneprotein that has been biochemically isolated as a component of Ca_(v)1and Ca_(v)2 channels. At least 8 isoforms are known (γ₁ to γ₈) [Kang MG, Campbell K P. 2003. J Biol Chem 278: 21315-8]. The nomenclature forvoltage-gated calcium channels is based upon the content of the α₁subunit, as indicated in Table B. Each type of α₁ subunit can associatewith a variety of β, α₂δ or γ subunits, so that each Ca_(v) typecorresponds to many different combinations of subunits.

TABLE B Cav Nomenclature α₁ subunit Pharmacological name Ca_(v)1.1α_(1S) L-type Ca_(v)1.2 α_(1C) L-type Ca_(v)1.3 α_(1D) L-type Ca_(v)1.4α_(1F) Ca_(v)2.1 α_(1A) P- or Q-type Ca_(v)2.2 α_(1B) N-type Ca_(v)2.3α_(1E) R-type Ca_(v)3.1 α_(1G) T-type Ca_(v)3.2 α_(1H) T-type Ca_(v)3.3α_(1I) T-type

Ca_(v)2 currents are found almost exclusively in the central andperipheral nervous system and in neuroendocrine cells and constitute thepredominant forms of presynaptic voltage-gated calcium current.Presynaptic action potentials cause channel opening, andneurotransmitter release is steeply dependent upon the subsequentcalcium entry. Thus, Ca_(v)2 channels play a central role in mediatingneurotransmitter release.

Ca_(v)2.1 and Ca_(v)2.2 contain high affinity binding sites for thepeptide toxins ω-conotoxin-MVIIC and ω-conotoxin-GVIA, respectively, andthese peptides have been used to determine the distribution and functionof each channel type. Ca_(v)2.2 is highly expressed at the presynapticnerve terminals of neurons from the dorsal root ganglion and neurons oflamina I and II of the dorsal horn (Westenbroek R E, Hoskins L,Catterall W A. 1998. J Neurosci 18: 6319-30; Cizkova D, Marsala J,Lukacova N, Marsala M, Jergova S, et al. 2002. Exp Brain Res 147:456-63). Ca_(v)2.2 channels are also found in presynaptic terminalsbetween second and third order interneurons in the spinal cord. Bothsites of neurotransmission are very important in relaying paininformation to the brain.

Pain can be roughly divided into three different types: acute,inflammatory, and neuropathic. Acute pain serves an important protectivefunction in keeping the organism safe from stimuli that may producetissue damage. Severe thermal, mechanical, or chemical inputs have thepotential to cause severe damage to the organism if unheeded. Acute painserves to quickly remove the individual from the damaging environment.Acute pain by its very nature generally is short lasting and intense.Inflammatory pain, on the other hand, may last for much longer periodsof time and its intensity is more graded. Inflammation may occur formany reasons including tissue damage, autoimmune response, and pathogeninvasion. Inflammatory pain is mediated by an “inflammatory soup” thatconsists of substance P, histamines, acid, prostaglandin, bradykinin,CGRP, cytokines, ATP, and neurotransmitter release. The third class ofpain is neuropathic and involves nerve damage that results inreorganization of neuronal proteins and circuits yielding a pathologic“sensitized” state that can produce chronic pain lasting for years. Thistype of pain provides no adaptive benefit and is particularly difficultto treat with existing therapies.

Pain, particularly neuropathic and intractable pain is a large unmetmedical need. Millions of individuals suffer from severe pain that isnot well controlled by current therapeutics. The current drugs used totreat pain include NSA/DS, COX2 inhibitors, opioids, tricyclicantidepressants, and anticonvulsants. Neuropathic pain has beenparticularly difficult to treat as it does not respond well to opiodsuntil high doses are reached. Gabapentin is currently the favoredtherapeutic for the treatment of neuropathic pain although it works inonly 60% of patients where it shows modest efficacy. The drug is howeververy safe and side effects are generally tolerable although sedation isan issue at higher doses.

Validation of Cav2.2 as a target for the treatment of neuropathic painis provided by studies with ziconotide (also known asω-conotoxin-MVIIA), a selective peptide blocker of this channel(Bowersox S S, Gadbois T, Singh T, Pettus M, Wang Y X, Luther R R. 1996.J Pharmacol Exp Ther 279: 1243-9; Jain K K. 2000. Exp. Opin. Invest.Drugs 9: 2403-10; Vanegas H, Schaible H.2000. Pain 85: 9-18). In man,intrathecal infusion of Ziconotide is effective for the treatment ofintractable pain, cancer pain, opioid resistant pain, and neuropathicpain. The toxin has an 85% success rate for the treatment of pain inhumans with a greater potency than morphine. An orally availableantagonist of Ca_(v)2.2 should have similar efficacy without the needfor intrathecal infusion. Ca_(v)2.1 and Ca_(v)2.3 are also in neurons ofnociceptive pathways and antagonists of these channels could be used totreat pain.

Antagonists of Ca_(v)2.1, Ca_(v)2.2 or Ca_(v)2.3 should also be usefulfor treating other pathologies of the central nervous system thatapparently involve excessive calcium entry. Cerebral ischaemia andstroke are associated with excessive calcium entry due to depolarizationof neurons. The Ca_(v)2.2 antagonist ziconotide is effective in reducinginfarct size in a focal ischemia model using laboratory animals,suggesting that Ca_(v)2.2 antagonists could be used for the treatment ofstroke. Likewise, reducing excessive calcium influx into neurons may beuseful for the treatment of epilepsy, traumatic brain injury,Alzheimer's disease, multi-infarct dementia and other classes ofdementia, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, amnesia, or neuronal damagecaused by poison or other toxic substances.

Ca_(v)2.2 also mediates release of neurotransmitters from neurons of thesympathetic nervous system and antagonists could be used to treatcardiovascular diseases such as hypertension, cardiac arrhythmia, anginapectoris, myocardial infarction, and congestive heart failure.

Unfortunately, as described above, the efficacy of currently used sodiumchannel blockers and calcium channel blockers for the disease statesdescribed above has been to a large extent limited by a number of sideeffects. These side effects include various CNS disturbances such asblurred vision, dizziness, nausea, and sedation as well more potentiallylife threatening cardiac arrhythmias and cardiac failure. Accordingly,there remains a need to develop additional Na channel and Ca channelantagonists, preferably those with higher potency and fewer sideeffects. Unfortunately, as described above, the efficacy of currentlyused sodium channel blockers and calcium channel blockers for thedisease states described above has been to a large extent limited by anumber of side effects. These side effects include various CNSdisturbances such as blurred vision, dizziness, nausea, and sedation aswell more potentially life threatening cardiac arrhythmias and cardiacfailure. Accordingly, there remains a need to develop additional Nachannel and Ca channel antagonists, preferably those with higher potencyand fewer side effects.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

In general, the invention relates to compounds useful as ion channelmodulators. It has now been found that compounds of this invention, andpharmaceutically acceptable compositions thereof, are useful asinhibitors of voltage-gated sodium channels. These compounds have thegeneral formula I:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R₁, R₂, R₃, R₄,X, Y and n are described generally below.

In another aspect, compounds of this invention, and pharmaceuticallyacceptable compositions thereof, are useful as inhibitors ofvoltage-gated sodium channels and/or calcium channels. These compoundshave the general formula Ia:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R₁, R₂, R₃, R₄,X, and n are described generally below.

The present invention also includes methods for treating or lesseningthe severity of a disease, condition, or disorder where activation orhyperactivity of calcium and/or sodium ion channels is implicated in thedisease state. Methods for treating or lessening the severity of a paincondition are also disclosed. In one aspect, the method comprises thestep of administering to the patient an effective amount of apharmaceutical composition comprising at least one compound of thepresent invention.

The compounds of the present invention are useful for treating orlessening the severity of diseases, disorders, or conditions, including,but not limited to, acute, chronic, neuropathic, or inflammatory pain,arthritis, migraine, cluster headaches, trigeminal neuralgia, herpeticneuralgia, general neuralgias, epilepsy or epilepsy conditions,neurodegenerative disorders, psychiatric disorders such as anxiety anddepression, myotonia, arrhythmia, movement disorders, neuroendocrinedisorders, ataxia, multiple sclerosis, irritable bowel syndrome,incontinence, visceral pain, osteoarthritis pain, postherpeticneuralgia, diabetic neuropathy, radicular pain, sciatica, back pain,head or neck pain, severe or intractable pain, nociceptive pain,breakthrough pain, postsurgical pain, or cancer pain.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION I. Definitions

For purposes of this invention, the chemical elements are identified inaccordance with the Periodic Table of the Elements, CAS version,Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 75^(th) Ed. Additionally, generalprinciples of organic chemistry are described in “Organic Chemistry”,Thomas Sorrell, University Science Books, Sausalito: 1999, and “March'sAdvanced Organic Chemistry”, 5^(th) Ed., Ed.: Smith, M. B. and March,J., John Wiley & Sons, New York: 2001, the entire contents of which arehereby incorporated by reference.

The term “modulating” as used herein means increasing or decreasing,e.g. activity, by a measurable amount. Compounds that modulate ionchannel activity, such as calcium ion channel activity and/or sodium ionchannel activity, by increasing the activity of the ion channel, e.g., acalcium ion channel and/or a sodium ion channel, are called agonists.Compounds that modulate ion channel activity, such as calcium ionchannel activity and/or sodium ion channel activity, by decreasing theactivity of the ion channel, e.g., calcium ion channel and/or sodium ionchannel, are called antagonists. An agonist interacts with an ionchannel, such as calcium ion channel, to increase the ability of thereceptor to transduce an intracellular signal in response to endogenousligand binding. An antagonist interacts with an ion channel and competeswith the endogenous ligand(s) or substrate(s) for binding site(s) on thereceptor to decrease the ability of the receptor to transduce anintracellular signal in response to endogenous ligand binding.

The phrase “treating or reducing the severity of an ion channel mediateddisease” refers both to treatments for diseases that are directly causedby ion channel activities and alleviation of symptoms of diseases notdirectly caused by ion channel activities. Examples of diseases whosesymptoms may be affected by ion channel activities include, but are notlimited to, acute, chronic, neuropathic, or inflammatory pain,arthritis, migraine, cluster headaches, trigeminal neuralgia, herpeticneuralgia, general neuralgias, epilepsy or epilepsy conditions,neurodegenerative disorders, psychiatric disorders such as anxiety anddepression, myotonia, arrhythmia, movement disorders, neuroendocrinedisorders, ataxia, multiple sclerosis, irritable bowel syndrome,incontinence, visceral pain, osteoarthritis pain, postherpeticneuralgia, diabetic neuropathy, radicular pain, sciatica, back pain,head or neck pain, severe or intractable pain, nociceptive pain,breakthrough pain, postsurgical pain, or cancer pain.

As described herein, compounds of the invention may optionally besubstituted with one or more substituents, such as are illustratedgenerally above, or as exemplified by particular classes, subclasses,and species of the invention.

As used herein the term “aliphatic’ encompasses the terms alkyl,alkenyl, alkynyl.

As used herein, an “alkyl” group refers to a saturated aliphatichydrocarbon group containing 1-8 (e.g., 1-6 or 1-4) carbon atoms. Analkyl group can be straight or branched. Examples of alkyl groupsinclude, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl,butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, n-heptyl, or2-ethylhexyl. An alkyl group can be optionally substituted with one ormore substituents such as halo, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl,heteroaryl, alkoxy, aroyl, heteroaroyl, alkoxycarbonyl,alkoxycarbonylamino, alkylcarbonyloxy, nitro, cyano, amino, acyl,sulfonyl, sulfinyl, sulfanyl, sulfoxy, urea, thiourea, sulfamoyl,sulfamide, oxo, carbamoyl, cycloalkyloxy, heterocycloalkyloxy, aryloxy,heteroaryloxy, aralkyloxy, heteroarylalkoxy, or hydroxyl.

As used herein, an “alkenyl” group refers to an aliphatic carbon groupthat contains 2-10 (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10) carbon atoms andat least one double bond. Like an alkyl group, an alkenyl group can bestraight or branched. Examples of an alkenyl group include, but are notlimited to, allyl, isoprenyl, 2-butenyl, and 2-hexenyl. An alkenyl groupmay be optionally substituted with one or more substituents such ashalo, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aroyl,heteroaroyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, nitro, cyano, amino,acyl, sulfonyl, sulfinyl, sulfanyl, sulfoxy, urea, thiourea, sulfamoyl,sulfamide, oxo, carbamoyl, cycloalkyloxy, heterocycloalkyloxy, aryloxy,heteroaryloxy, aralkyloxy, heteroarylalkoxy, or hydroxyl.

As used herein, an “alkynyl” group refers to an aliphatic carbon groupthat contains 2-8 (e.g., 2-6 or 2-4) carbon atoms and at least onetriple bond. Like an alkyl group, an alkynyl group can be straight orbranched. An alkynyl group may be optionally substituted with one ormore substituents such as halo, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl,heteroaryl, alkoxy, aroyl, heteroaroyl, alkoxycarbonyl,alkylcarbonyloxy, nitro, cyano, amino, acyl, sulfonyl, sulfinyl,sulfanyl, sulfoxy, urea, thiourea, sulfamoyl, sulfamide, oxo, carbamoyl,cycloalkyloxy, heterocycloalkyloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, aralkyloxy,heteroarylalkoxy, or hydroxyl.

As used herein, an “amino” group refers to —NR^(X)R^(Y) wherein each ofR^(X) and R^(Y) is independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, sulfonyl,(cycloalkyl)alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl,(heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroaralkyl each of which aredefined herein and are optionally substituted. When the term “amino” isnot the terminal group (e.g., alkylcarbonylamino), it is represented by—NR^(X)—. R^(X) has the same meaning as defined above.

As used herein, an “aryl” group used alone or as part of a larger moietyas in “aralkyl”, “aralkoxy”, or “aryloxyalkyl” refers to monocyclic(e.g., phenyl); bicyclic (e.g., indenyl, naphthalenyl,tetrahydronaphthyl, tetrahydroindenyl); tricyclic (e.g., fluorenyl,tetrahydrofluorenyl, anthracenyl, or tetrahydroanthracenyl); or abenzofused group having 3 rings. For example, a benzofused groupincludes phenyl fused with two or more C₄₋₈ carbocyclic moieties. Anaryl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents includingaliphatic (e.g., alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl); cycloalkyl;(cycloalkyl)alkyl; heterocycloalkyl; (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl; aryl;heteroaryl; alkoxy; cycloalkyloxy; heterocycloalkyloxy; aryloxy;heteroaryloxy; aralkyloxy; heteroaralkyloxy; aroyl; heteroaroyl; amino;aminoalkyl; nitro; —C(O)OH; carbonyl (e.g., alkoxycarbonyl,alkylcarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, (alkylamino)alkylaminocarbonyl,arylaminocarbonyl, heteroarylaminocarbonyl; or sulfonylcarbonyl);aralkylcarbonyloxy; sulfonyl (e.g., alkylsulfonyl or aminosulfonyl);sulfinyl (e.g., alkylsulfinyl); sulfanyl (e.g., alkylsulfanyl); cyano;halo; hydroxyl; acyl; mercapto; sulfoxy, urea, thiourea, sulfamoyl,sulfamide, oxo, or carbamoyl. Alternatively, an aryl may beunsubstituted.

Examples of substituted aryls include haloaryl, alkoxycarbonylaryl,alkylaminoalkylaminocarbonylaryl, p, m-dihaloaryl,p-amino-p-alkoxycarbonylaryl, m-amino-m-cyanoaryl, aminoaryl,alkylcarbonylaminoaryl, cyanoalkylaryl, alkoxyaryl, aminosulfonylaryl,alkylsulfonylaryl, aminoaryl, p-halo-m-aminoaryl, cyanoaryl,hydroxyalkylaryl, alkoxyalkylaryl, hydroxyaryl, carboxyalkylaryl,dialkylaminoalkylaryl, m-heterocycloaliphatic-o-alkylaryl,heteroarylaminocarbonylaryl, nitroalkylaryl,alkylsulfonylaminoalkylaryl, heterocycloaliphaticcarbonylaryl,alkylsulfonylalkylaryl, cyanoalkylaryl,heterocycloaliphaticcarbonylaryl, alkylcarbonylaminoaryl,hydroxyalkylaryl, alkylcarbonylaryl, aminocarbonylaryl,alkylsulfonylaminoaryl, dialkylaminoaryl, alkylaryl, andtrihaloalkylaryl.

As used herein, an “araliphatic” group refers to an aliphatic group(e.g., a C₁₋₄ alkyl group, a C₁₋₄ alkenyl group, or a C₁₋₄ alkynylgroup) that is substituted with an aryl group. Both “aliphatic” and“aryl” have been defined above.

As used herein, an “aralkyl” group refers to an alkyl group (e.g., aC₁₋₄ alkyl group) that is substituted with an aryl group. Both “alkyl”and “aryl” are defined herein. An example of an aralkyl group is benzyl.

As used herein, a “bicyclic ring system” includes 7-12 (e.g., 9, 10, or11) membered structures that form two rings, wherein the two rings haveat least one atom in common (e.g., 2 atoms in common). Bicyclic ringstructures include bicycloaliphatics (e.g., bicycloalkyl orbicycloalkenyl), bicycloheteroaliphatics (e.g., bicycloheteroalkyl orbicycloheteroalkenyl), bicyclic aryls, and bicyclic heteroaryls.

The term “cycloaliphatic” means a saturated or partially unsaturatedmonocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic hydrocarbon ring that has a singlepoint of attachment to the rest of the molecule. Cycloaliphatic ringsare 3-8 membered monocyclic rings (e.g., 3-6 membered rings).Cycloaliphatic rings also include 8-12 membered bicyclic hydrocarbonrings, (e.g., 10 membered bicyclic hydrocarbon rings). A cycloaliphaticgroup encompasses a “cycloalkyl” group and a “cycloalkenyl” group.

As used herein, a “cycloalkyl” group refers to a saturated carbocyclicmono-, bi-, or tri-, or multicyclic (fused or bridged) ring of 3-10(e.g., 5-10) carbon atoms. Without limitation, examples of monocycliccycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl,cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, or the like. Without limitation, examples ofbicyclic cycloalkyl groups include octahydro-indenyl,decahydro-naphthyl, bicyclo[3.2.1]octyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl,bicyclo[3.3.1]nonyl, bicyclo[3.3.2.]decyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl,bicycle[2.2.1]heptanyl, bicycle[3.1.1]heptanyl, or the like. Withoutlimitation, multicyclic groups include adamantyl, cubyl, norbornyl, orthe like. Cycloalkyl rings can be optionally substituted at anychemically viable ring position.

A “cycloalkenyl” group, as used herein, refers to a non-aromaticcarbocyclic ring of 3-10 (e.g., 4-8) carbon atoms having one or moredouble bonds. Examples of cycloalkenyl groups include cyclopentenyl,1,4-cyclohexa-di-enyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctenyl, hexahydro-indenyl,octahydro-naphthyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclopentenyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octenyl,and bicyclo[3.3.1]nonenyl. Cycloalkenyl ring structures can beoptionally substituted at any chemically viable position on the ring orrings.

A cycloalkyl or cycloalkenyl group can be optionally substituted withone or more substituents such as aliphatic (e.g., alkyl, alkenyl, oralkynyl), cycloalkyl, (cycloalkyl)alkyl, heterocycloalkyl,(heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, cycloalkyloxy,heterocycloalkyloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, aralkyloxy,heteroaralkyloxy, aroyl, heteroaroyl, amino, nitro, carboxy,alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, aminocarbonyl, alkylcarbonylamino,cycloalkylcarbonylamino, (cycloalkyl)alkylcarbonylamino,arylcarbonylamino, aralkylcarbonylamino,(heterocycloalkyl)carbonylamino, (heterocycloalkyl)alkylcarbonylamino,heteroarylcarbonylamino, heteroaralkylcarbonylamino, cyano, halo,hydroxyl, acyl, mercapto, sulfonyl (e.g., alkylsulfonyl orarylsulfonyl), sulfinyl (e.g., alkylsulfinyl), sulfanyl (e.g.,alkylsulfanyl), sulfoxy, urea, thiourea, sulfamoyl, sulfamide, oxo,carbamoyl, or the like.

Without limitation, examples of substituted cycloaliphatics includealkylcycloalkyl (e.g., propylcyclohexyl), alkylbicyclo[3.1.1]heptyl,alkylcycloalkenyl, or the like.

As used herein, the term “heterocycloaliphatic” and “heterocyclic”encompasses a heterocycloalkyl group and a heterocycloalkenyl group.

As used herein, a “heterocycloalkyl” group refers to a 3-10 memberedmono or bicyclic (fused or bridged) (e.g., 5 to 10 membered mono orbicyclic) saturated ring structure, in which one or more of the ringatoms is a heteroatom (e.g., N, O, S, or combinations thereof). Examplesof a heterocycloalkyl group include optionally substituted piperidinyl,piperazinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, 1,4-dioxolanyl,1,4-dithianyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, oxazolidyl, isoxazolidyl, morpholinyl,thiomorpholinyl, octahydro-benzofuranyl, octahydro-chromenyl,octahydro-thiochromenyl, octahydro-indolyl, octahydro-pyrindinyl,decahydro-quinolinyl, octahydro-benzo[b]thiophenyl,2-oxa-bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl, 1-aza-bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl,3-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl, 2,6-dioxa-tricyclo[3.3.1.0^(3,7)]nonyl,tropane. A monocyclic heterocycloalkyl group may be fused with a phenylmoiety such as tetrahydroisoquinoline. Heterocycloalkyl ring structurescan be optionally substituted at any chemically viable position on thering or rings.

A “heterocycloalkenyl” group, as used herein, refers to a mono- orbicyclic (e.g., 5- to 10-membered mono- or bicyclic) non-aromatic ringstructure having one or more double bonds, and wherein one or more ofthe ring atoms is a heteroatom (e.g., N, O, or S). Examples ofheterocycloalkenyls include 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 2-imidazolyl, or2-pyrazolyl. Monocyclic heterocycloaliphatics are numbered according tostandard chemical nomenclature. For instance:

Heterocycloalkenyl ring structures can be optionally substituted at anychemically viable position on the ring or rings.

A heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkenyl group can be optionallysubstituted with one or more substituents such as alkyl (includingcarboxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, and haloalkyl such as trifluoromethyl),alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, (cycloalkyl)alkyl, heterocycloalkyl (suchas a benzimidazolidinyl), (heterocycloalkyl)alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl,alkoxy (two alkoxy groups on the same atom or adjacent atoms may form aring together with the atom(s) to which they are bound), cycloalkyloxy,heterocycloalkyloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, aralkyloxy,heteroaralkyloxy, aroyl, heteroaroyl, amino, nitro, carboxy,alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, aminocarbonyl, alkylcarbonylamino,cycloalkylcarbonylamino, (cycloalkyl)alkylcarbonylamino,arylcarbonylamino, aralkylcarbonylamino,(heterocycloalkyl)carbonylamino, (heterocycloalkyl)alkylcarbonylamino,heteroarylcarbonylamino, heteroaralkylcarbonylamino, cyano, halo,hydroxyl, acyl, mercapto, sulfonyl (such as alkylsulfonyl orarylsulfonyl), sulfinyl (such as alkylsulfinyl), sulfanyl (such asalkylsulfanyl), sulfoxy, urea, thiourea, sulfamoyl, sulfamide, oxo, orcarbamoyl.

Without limitation, examples of substituted heterocycloaliphaticsinclude alkoxycarbonylheterocycloalkyl (e.g., ethoxycarbonyltropane),alkoxycarbonylheterocycloalkyl (e.g., ethoxycarbonylpiperidyl), or thelike.

A “heteroaryl” group, as used herein, refers to a monocyclic, bicyclic,or tricyclic ring structure having 4 to 15 ring atoms wherein one ormore of the ring atoms is a heteroatom (e.g., N, O, S, or combinationsthereof) and wherein one or more rings of the bicyclic or tricyclic ringstructure is aromatic. A heteroaryl group includes a benzofused ringsystem having 2 to 3 rings. For example, a benzofused group includesbenzo fused with one or two C₄₋₈ heterocyclic moieties (e.g., indolizyl,indolyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolinyl, benzo[b]furyl,benzo[b]thiophenyl, quinolinyl, or isoquinolinyl). Some examples ofheteroaryl are azetidinyl, pyridinyl, 1H-indazolyl, furyl, pyrrolyl,thienyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, benzofuryl,isoquinolinyl, benzthiazolyl, xanthene, thioxanthene, phenothiazine,dihydroindole, benzo[1,3]dioxole, benzo[b]furyl, benzo[b]thiophenyl,indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, puryl, cinnolyl, quinolyl,quinazolyl, cinnolyl, phthalazyl, quinazolyl, quinoxalyl, isoquinolyl,4H-quinolizyl, benzo-1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, or 1,8-naphthyridyl.

Without limitation, monocyclic heteroaryls include furyl, thiophenyl,2H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl,isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, 2H-pyranyl, 4-H-pyranyl,pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazyl, or 1,3,5-triazyl.Monocyclic heteroaryls are numbered according to standard chemicalnomenclature. For instance:

Without limitation, bicyclic heteroaryls include indolizyl, indolyl,isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolinyl, benzo[b]furyl, benzo[b]thiophenyl,quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, indolizyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl,benzimidazyl, benzthiazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizyl, quinolyl,isoquinolyl, cinnolyl, phthalazyl, quinazolyl, quinoxalyl,1,8-naphthyridyl, or pteridyl. Bicyclic heteroaryls are numberedaccording to standard chemical nomenclature. For instance:

A heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more substituentssuch as aliphatic including alkyls (e.g., alkoxyalkyl, carboxyalkyl,hydroxyalkyl, oxoalkyl, aralkyl, (alkylsulfonylamino)alkyl,(sulfonylamino)alkyl, cyanoalkyl, aminoalkyl, oxoalkyl,alkoxycarbonylalkyl, (cycloalkyl)alkyl heterocycloalkyl,(heterocycloalkyl)alkyl aralkyl, and haloalkyl such as trifluoromethyl),alkenyl, alkynyl; cycloaliphatic including cycloalkyl (e.g.,cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl);heterocycloaliphatic including heterocycloalkyl (e.g., thiomorpholinyl,piperazinyl, 1,3,5-trithianyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl,pyrazolidyl, or piperidinyl); aryl, heteroaryl (e.g., quinolyl, indolyl,3H-indolyl, isoindolyl, benzo[b]-4H-pyranyl, cinnolyl, quinoxylyl,benzimidazyl, benzo-1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, benzo-1,2,5-oxadiazolyl, orbenzthiophenyl); alkoxy; cycloalkyloxy; heterocycloalkyloxy; aryloxy;heteroaryloxy; aralkyloxy; heteroaralkyloxy; aroyl; heteroaroyl; amino(e.g., carbonylamino, alkylcarbonylamino, alkylsulfonylamino,arylcarbonylamino, cycloalkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino,heteroarylcarbonylamino, (heterocycloalkyl)carbonylamino,(cycloalkyl)alkylcarbonylamino, sulfanylamino, and(heterocycloalkyl)alkylcarbonylamino); nitro; carboxy; carbonyl (e.g.,alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl,thiazoleaminocarbonyl, thiomorpholinecarbonyl, aminoalkylaminocarbonyl);alkylcarbonyloxy; cyano; halo; hydroxyl; acyl; mercapto; sulfonyl (e.g.,aminosulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, morpholinesulfonyl, or arylsulfonyl);sulfinyl (e.g., alkylsulfinyl); sulfanyl (e.g., alkylsulfanyl); sulfoxy;urea; thiourea; sulfamoyl; sulfamide; oxo; or carbamoyl.

A “heteroaraliphatic” group, as used herein, refers to an aliphaticgroup (e.g., C₁₋₄ alkyl group, C₁₋₄ alkenyl group, or C₁₋₄ alkynylgroup) that is substituted with a heteroaryl group. Both “aliphatic” and“heteroaryl” have been defined above.

A “heteroaralkyl” group, as used herein, refers to an alkyl group (e.g.,a C₁₋₄ alkyl group) that is substituted with a heteroaryl group. Both“alkyl” and “heteroaryl” have been defined above.

As used herein, “cyclic moiety” includes cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl,cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkenyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, each of which hasbeen defined previously.

As used herein, “cyclic group” includes mono-, bi-, and tri-cyclicstructures including cycloaliphatic, heterocycloaliphatic, aryl, orheteroaryl, each of which has been previously defined.

As used herein, an “acyl” group refers to a formyl group or alkyl-C(═O)—(also referred to as “alkylcarbonyl”) where “alkyl” has been definedpreviously. Acetyl and pivaloyl are examples of acyl groups.

As used herein, a “carbonyl” group, when used alone or as part ofanother structure refers to the structure —C(O)—.

As used herein, a “carbamoyl” group refers to a group having thestructure —O—CO—NR^(X)R^(Y) or —NR^(X)—CO—O—R^(Z) wherein R^(X) andR^(Y) have been defined above and R^(Z) can be alkyl, aryl, aralkyl,heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroaralkyl.

As used herein, a “carboxy” and a “sulfo” group refer to —C(O)OH or—C(O)OR^(X) and —SO₃H or —SO₃R^(X), respectively.

As used herein, an “alkoxy” group refers to an alkyl-O— group where“alkyl” has been defined previously. Moreover an alkoxy group includesstructures comprising two alkoxy groups on the same atom or adjacentatoms that form a ring together with the atom(s) to which they arebound.

As used herein, a “sulfoxy” group refers to —O—SO—R^(X) or —SO—O—R^(X),where R^(X) has been defined above.

As used herein, a “mercapto” group refers to —SH.

As used herein, a “sulfonyl” group refers to —S(O)₂—.

As used herein a “sulfinyl” group refers to —S(O)—.

As used herein a “sulfanyl” group refers to —S—.

As used herein, a “halogen” or “halo” group refers to fluorine,chlorine, bromine or iodine.

As used herein, a “haloaliphatic” group refers to an aliphatic groupsubstituted with 1-3 halogen. For instance, the term haloalkyl includesthe group —CF₃.

As used herein, a “sulfamoyl” group refers to the structure—S(O)₂—NR^(X)R^(Y) or —NR^(X)—S(O)₂—R^(X) wherein R^(X), R^(Y), andR^(Z) have been defined above.

As used herein, a “sulfamide” group refers to the structure—NR^(X)—S(O)₂—NR^(Y)R^(Z) wherein R^(X), R^(Y), and R^(Z) have beendefined above.

As used herein, a “carbonylamino” group used alone or in connection withanother group refers to an amido group such as R^(X)—C(O)—NR^(X)—. Forinstance an alkylcarbonylamino includes alkyl-C(O)—NR^(X)—, whereinR^(X) has been defined above.

As used herein, a “aminocarbonyl” group used alone or in connection withanother group refers to an amido group such as N(R^(X))₂—C(O)—.

As used herein, an “alkoxycarbonyl” used alone or in connection withanother group refers to a carbonyl group such as alkyl-O—C(O)—.

As used herein, an “alkoxyalkyl” refers to an alkyl group such asalkyl-O-alkyl-, wherein alkyl has been defined above.

As used herein, an “aminocarbonyl” refers to an amido group such as—NR^(X)—C(O)—, wherein R^(X) has been defined above.

As used herein, an “aminosulfonyl” refers to the structure—N(R^(X))₂—S(O)₂—, wherein R^(X) has been defined above.

As used herein, an “oxo” refers to ═O.

As used herein, an “aminoalkyl” refers to the structureN(R^(X))₂-alkyl-.

As used herein, a “cyanoalkyl” refers to the structure (CN)-alkyl-.

As used herein, an “alkylsulfonyl” group refers to the structurealkyl-S(O)₂—,

As used herein, a “sulfonylamino” group refers to the structureR^(X)—S(O)₂—N(R^(X))₂—, wherein R^(X) has been defined above.

As used herein, a “guanidinyl” group refers to the structureNH₂C(NH)NH—.

As used herein, an “aliphatic chain” refers to a branched or straightaliphatic group. A straight aliphatic chain has the structure—[CH₂]_(p)—, where p is 1-6. A branched aliphatic chain is a straightaliphatic chain that is substituted with one or more aliphatic groups. Abranched aliphatic chain has the structure —[CHW]_(p)— where W ishydrogen or an aliphatic group; however, W shall be an aliphatic groupin at least one instance.

As used herein, a “urea” group refers to the structure—NR^(X)—CO—NR^(Y)R^(Z) and a “thiourea” group refers to the structure—NR^(X)—CS—NR^(Y)R^(Z). R^(X), R^(Y), and R^(Z) have been defined above.

In general, the term “substituted,” whether preceded by the term“optionally” or not, refers to the replacement of hydrogen radicals in agiven structure with the radical of a specified substituent. Specificsubstituents are described above in the definitions and below in thedescription of compounds and examples thereof. Unless otherwiseindicated, an optionally substituted group may have a substituent ateach substitutable position of the group, and when more than oneposition in any given structure may be substituted with more than onesubstituent selected from a specified group, the substituent may beeither the same or different at every position. A ring substituent, suchas a heterocycloalkyl, may be bound to another ring, such as acycloalkyl, to form a spiro-bicyclic ring system, e.g., both rings shareone common atom. As one of ordinary skill in the art will recognize,combinations of substituents envisioned by this invention are thosecombinations that result in the formation of stable or chemicallyfeasible compounds.

The phrase “stable or chemically feasible,” as used herein, refers tocompounds that are not substantially altered when subjected toconditions to allow for their production, detection, and preferablytheir recovery, purification, and use for one or more of the purposesdisclosed herein. In some embodiments, a stable compound or chemicallyfeasible compound is one that is not substantially altered when kept ata temperature of 40° C. or less, in the absence of moisture or otherchemically reactive conditions, for at least a week.

As used herein, an effective amount is defined as the amount required toconfer a therapeutic effect on the treated patient, and is typicallydetermined based on age, surface area, weight, and condition of thepatient. The interrelationship of dosages for animals and humans (basedon milligrams per meter squared of body surface) is described byFreireich et al., Cancer Chemother. Rep., 50: 219 (1966). Body surfacearea may be approximately determined from height and weight of thepatient. See, e.g., Scientific Tables, Geigy Pharmaceuticals, Ardsley,N.Y., 537 (1970). As used herein, “patient” refers to a mammal,including a human.

As used herein, “patient” refers to a mammal, including a human.

Unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant toinclude all isomeric (e.g., enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric(or conformational)) forms of the structure; for example, the R and Sconfigurations for each asymmetric center, (Z) and (E) double bondisomers, and (Z) and (E) conformational isomers. Therefore, singlestereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric, diastereomeric, andgeometric (or conformational) mixtures of the present compounds arewithin the scope of the invention. Unless otherwise stated, alltautomeric forms of the compounds of the invention are within the scopeof the invention. Additionally, unless otherwise stated, structuresdepicted herein are also meant to include compounds that differ only inthe presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms. For example,compounds having the present structures except for the replacement ofhydrogen by deuterium or tritium, or the replacement of a carbon by a¹³C- or ¹⁴C-enriched carbon are within the scope of this invention. Suchcompounds are useful, for example, as analytical tools or probes inbiological assays.

II. Compounds A. Generic Compounds

The present invention provides a method of modulating a sodium ionchannel comprising the step of contacting said ion channel with acompound of formula I:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Each X is defined by —Z^(A)R₆, wherein each Z^(A) is independently abond or an optionally substituted branched or straight C₁₋₆ aliphaticchain wherein up to two carbon units of Z^(A) are optionally andindependently replaced by —CO—, —CS—, —COCO—, —CONR^(A)—,—CONR^(A)NR^(A)—, —CO₂—, —OCO—, —NR^(A)CO₂—, —O—, —NR^(A)CONR^(A)—,—OCONR^(A)—, —NR^(A)NR^(A), —NR^(A)NR^(A)CO—, —NR^(A)CO—, —S—, —SO—,—SO₂—, —NR^(A)—, —SO₂NR^(A)—, —NR^(A)SO₂—, or —NR^(A)SO₂NR^(A)—.

Each R₆ is independently R^(A), halo, —OH, —NH₂, —NO₂, —CN, —CF₃, or—OCF₃.

Each R^(A) is independently hydrogen, an optionally substituted C₁₋₈aliphatic group; a 3-8 membered optionally substituted fully saturated,partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated monocyclic ring having 0-3heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; an8-12 membered optionally substituted fully saturated, partiallyunsaturated, or fully unsaturated bicyclic ring system having 0-5heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; ortwo occurrences of R^(A) are taken together with the atom(s) to whichthey are attached to form an optionally substituted 3-12 membered fullysaturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated monocyclic orbicyclic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected fromnitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.

Each n is 1-4.

Each R₁ and R₂ is defined by —Z^(B)R₇, wherein each Z^(B) isindependently a bond or an optionally substituted straight or branchedC₁₋₆ aliphatic chain wherein up to two carbon units of Z^(B) areoptionally and independently replaced by —CO—, —CS—, —COCO—, —CONR^(B)—,CONR^(B)NR^(B)—, —CO₂—, —OCO—, —NR^(B)CO₂—, —O—, —NR^(B)CONR^(B)—,—OCONR^(B)—, —NR^(B)NR^(B), —NR^(B)NR^(B)CO—, —NR^(B)CO—, —S—, —SO—,—SO₂—, —SO₂NR^(B)—, —NR^(B)SO₂—, or —NR^(B)SO₂NR^(B)—.

Each R₇ is independently R^(B), halo, —OH, —NHC(NH)NH₂, —NH₂, —NO₂, —CN,—CF₃, or —OCF₃.

Each R^(B) is independently hydrogen, an optionally substituted C₁₋₈aliphatic group, an optionally substituted 3-8 membered fully saturated,partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated monocyclic ring having 0-3heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; anoptionally substituted 8-12 membered fully saturated, partiallyunsaturated, or fully unsaturated bicyclic ring system having 0-5heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; ortwo occurrences of R^(B) are taken together with the atom(s) to whichthey are attached to form an optionally substituted 3-12 membered fullysaturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated monocyclic orbicyclic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected fromnitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.

Each R₃ and R₄ is defined by —Z^(C)R₈, wherein each Z^(C) isindependently a bond or an optionally substituted straight or branchedC₁₋₆ aliphatic chain wherein up to two carbon units of Z^(C) areoptionally and independently replaced by —CO—, —CS—, —COCO—, —CONR^(C)—,—CONR^(C)NR^(C)—, —CO₂—, —OCO—, —NR^(C)CO₂—, —O—, —NR^(C)CONR^(C)—,—OCONR^(C)—, —NR^(C)NR^(C), —NR^(C)NR^(C)CO—, —NR^(C)CO—, —S—, —SO—,—SO₂—, —SO₂NR^(C)—, —NR^(C)SO₂—, or —NR^(C)SO₂NR^(C)—.

Each R₈ is independently R^(C), halo, —OH, —NH₂, —NO₂, —CN, —CF₃, or—OCF₃.

Each R^(C) is independently hydrogen, or an optionally substituted C₁₋₈aliphatic group, an optionally substituted 3-8 membered fully saturated,partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated monocyclic ring having 0-3heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; anoptionally substituted 8-12 membered fully saturated, partiallyunsaturated, or fully unsaturated bicyclic ring system having 0-5heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; ortwo occurrences of R^(C) are taken together with the atom(s) to whichthey are attached to form an optionally substituted 3-12 memberedsaturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated monocyclic orbicyclic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected fromnitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.

Each Y is hydrogen or unsubstituted C₁₋₃ alkyl.

B. Specific Embodiments

1. Substituents R₁ and R₂

Each R₁ and R₂ are defined by —Z^(B)R₇, wherein each Z^(B) isindependently a bond, or an optionally substituted straight or branchedC₁₋₆ aliphatic chain wherein up to two carbon units of Z^(B) areoptionally and independently replaced by —CO—, —CS—, —COCO—, —CONR^(B)—,—CONR^(B)NR^(B)—, —CO₂—, —OCO—, —NR^(B)CO₂—, —O—, —NR^(B)CONR^(B)—,—OCONR^(B)—, —NR^(B)NR^(B), —NR^(B)NR^(B)CO—, —NR^(B)CO—, —S—, —SO—,—SO₂—, —NR^(B)—, —SO₂NR^(B)—, —NR^(B)SO₂—, or —NR^(B)SO₂NR^(B)—.

Each R₇ is independently R^(B), halo, —OH, —NHC(NH)NH₂, —NH₂, —NO₂, —CN,—CF₃, or —OCF₃.

Each R^(B) is independently hydrogen, an optionally substituted C₁₋₈aliphatic group, an optionally substituted 3-8 membered fully saturated,partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated monocyclic ring having 0-3heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; anoptionally substituted 8-12 membered fully saturated, partiallyunsaturated, or fully unsaturated bicyclic ring system having 0-5heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; ortwo occurrences of R^(B) are taken together with the atom(s) to whichthey are attached to form an optionally substituted 3-12 membered fullysaturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated monocyclic orbicyclic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected fromnitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, each of which is optionally substitutedwith 1 to 3 substituents.

In several embodiments, R₁ and R₂ are independently hydrogen; or C₁₋₈aliphatic, araliphatic, heteroaralkyl, alkoxyalkyl,heterocycloaliphatic, guanidinylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, C₁₋₆cycloaliphatic; or R₁ and R₂ together with the nitrogen atom to whichthey are attached form an optionally substituted 5-8 membered fullysaturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated heterocyclicring.

In several other embodiments, one of R₁ and R₂ is an optionallysubstituted araliphatic or arylcycloaliphatic. Several examples of R₁ orR₂ include —C₁₋₃ aliphatic-aryl that is optionally substituted. Inanother set of examples, R₁ or R₂ is optionally substitutedarylcycloalkyl (e.g., -cyclopropyl-aryl, -cyclobutyl-aryl,-cyclopentyl-aryl, or the like). In still other examples, R₁ or R₂ isoptionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic aralkyl. Several moreexamples of R₁ or R₂ include optionally substituted —C₁₋₃aliphatic-phenyl (e.g., phenylmethyl, phenylethyl, phenylpropyl). Inother examples, R₁ or R₂ is optionally substituted bicyclic —C₁₋₃aliphatic-aryl (e.g., —C₁₋₃ aliphatic-naphthyl or —C₁₋₃aliphatic-indenyl). In other examples, R₁ or R₂ is a naphthylmethyl,naphthylethyl, naphthylpropyl, indenylmethyl, indenylethyl, orindenylpropyl, each of which is optionally substituted. In otherexamples, R₁ or R₂ is an unsubstituted naphthylmethyl, naphthylethyl,naphthylpropyl, indenylmethyl, indenylethyl, or indenylpropyl. Inseveral embodiments, R₁ or R₂ is a substituted aralkyl orarylcycloalkyl. For example, R₁ or R₂ is an aralkyl that is substitutedat any chemically feasible position along the aliphatic chain, or on thearyl group. In several embodiments, R₁ or R₂ is substituted with 1-3 ofhalo, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, aliphatic, haloaliphatic, alkylamino,cycloaliphatic, heterocycloaliphatic, (heterocycloaliphatic)alkyl,aminocarbonyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or combinations thereof, each of whichis optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R₁ or R₂ is anunsubstituted aralkyl. In one example, R₁ or R₂ is an unsubstitutedphenylmethyl, unsubstituted phenylethyl, or an unsubstitutedphenylpropyl.

In several other embodiments, R₁ or R₂ is a C₁₋₈ aliphatic that isoptionally substituted with 1-3 substituents. In several embodiments, R₁or R₂ are optionally substituted straight (e.g., ethyl, propyl,sec-butyl, or the like) or branched (e.g., isopropyl, isobutyl,sec-propyl, sec-butyl, or the like) aliphatic. For example, R₁ or R₂ ismethyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, or octyl, eachsubstituted with 1-3 substituents (e.g., 1-2 substituents).

In other examples, R₁ or R₂ is an isopropyl that is optionallysubstituted with 1-2 substituents, or R₁ or R₂ is an unsubstitutedisopropyl. In more examples, R₁ or R₂ is a sec-propyl that issubstituted with 1-2 substituents. In several embodiments, R₁ or R₂ issubstituted with 1-3 halo, cyano, hydroxy, or optionally substitutedaryl, aryloxy, alkylamino, heteroaryl, cycloaliphatic,heterocycloaliphatic, or combinations thereof. In another embodiment, R₁or R₂ is substituted with alkoxyalkyl. In other embodiments, R₁ or R₂ isunsubstituted methyl or sec-propyl. In other embodiments, R₁ or R₂ is anoptionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic cycloaliphatic. Forexample, R₁ or R₂ is an optionally substituted monocyclic C₃₋₈cycloaliphatic. In other examples, R₁ or R₂ is fully saturated orpartially unsaturated. In other examples, R₁ or R₂ is a cyclopropyl,cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, or cyclooctyl, each ofwhich is optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents. For example, Insome embodiments, R₁ or R₂ is unsubstituted cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl,cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl. In other embodiments, R₁ or R₂ issubstituted cyclopropyl. For example, R₁ or R₂ is substituted with 1-3of halo, hydroxy, aliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, or combinations thereof.In other embodiments, R₁ or R₂ is an optionally substituted bicycliccycloaliphatic. In other examples, R₁ or R₂ is an optionally substitutedbridged bicyclic cycloaliphatic. In other embodiments, R₁ or R₂ isoptionally substituted bicyclo[2.1.1]hexyl, bicyclo[3.1.1]heptyl, orbicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl. In more examples R₁ or R₂ is unsubstitutedbicyclo[2.1.1]hexyl, or bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl substituted with 1-3 methylgroups. In another example, R₁ or R₂ is2,6,6-trimethylbicyclo[3.1.1]heptyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ or R₂ is an optionally substituted aryl. Forexample, R₁ or R₂ is an optionally substituted 6-10 membered monocyclicor bicyclic aryl. In other examples, R₁ or R₂ is an optionallysubstituted phenyl, indenyl, dihydroindenyl or naphthyl. In otherembodiments, R₁ or R₂ is substituted with 1-2 halo, hydroxy, cyano, oroptionally substituted aliphatic, alkoxy, aryl, or heteroaryl; orcombinations thereof. In other embodiments, R₁ or R₂ is unsubstitutedphenyl, indenyl, dihydroindenyl or naphthyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ or R₂ is an optionally substituted monocyclic orbicyclic heterocycloaliphatic including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from N,O, and S. In one group of examples, R₁ or R₂ is fully saturated orpartially unsaturated. In one group of examples, R₁ or R₂ is anoptionally substituted fully saturated monocyclic heterocycloaliphatic.In another group of examples, R₁ or R₂ is morpholinyl, pyrroldinyl,thiomorpholinyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl, or tetrahydrothiophenyl, each ofwhich is optionally substituted. For example, R₁ or R₂ is morpholinyl,pyrroldinyl, thiomorpholinyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl, ortetrahydrothiophenyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1-3substituents selected from halo, hydroxyl, aliphatic, or aryl. Inanother group of examples, R₁ or R₂ is unsubstituted morpholinyl,thiomorpholinyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl, or tetrahydrothiophenyl. Inanother group of examples, R₁ or R₂ is an unsubstituted tropane.

In some embodiments, R₁ or R₂ is an optionally substitutedheteroaraliphatic. In some embodiments, R₁ or R₂ includes a straight orbranched aliphatic chain. For example, R₁ or R₂ includes a straight C₁₋₄aliphatic chain. In another example, R₁ or R₂ is optionally substituted—C₁₋₃ aliphatic-heteraryl. As noted above, R₁ or R₂ can be substitutedat any chemically feasible position on the aliphatic chain or on theheteroaryl group. In other embodiments, R₁ or R₂ includes a 6-10membered monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl group attached to the corestructure with a C₁₋₃ aliphatic chain. For example, R₁ or R₂ is anoptionally substituted 2,3-dihydrobenzofurylalkyl, indolinylalkyl,2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxinylalkyl, benzo[d][1,3]dioxolylalkyl,pyridinylalkyl, isoindolinylalkyl, or quinolinylalkyl. In otherexamples, R₁ or R₂ is an unsubstituted heteroaralkyl.

In some embodiments, R₁ or R₂ is an optionally substituted heteroaryl.For example, R₁ or R₂ is 2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxinyl, orbenzo[d][1,3]dioxolyl, each of which is optionally substituted. Inseveral examples, R₁ or R₂ is unsubstituted2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxinyl, or benzo[d][1,3]dioxolyl.

In several other embodiments, R₁, R₂, and the nitrogen atom to whichthey are attached form an optionally substituted 4-12 memberedmonocyclic or bicyclic fully saturated or partially unsaturated ringhaving 1-3 heteroatoms. In several examples, R₁ and R₂ form amorpholinyl, piperadinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolinyl,3-pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolidinyl,thiomorpholinyl, or 3,4-dihydro-benzo[b][1,4]oxazine, each of which isoptionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected fromhalo, alkylcarbonyl, C₁₋₄ alkyl, ethyl, alkoxy, and heterocycloalkyl. Inanother embodiment, R₁, R₂, and the nitrogen atom to which they areattached form a partially saturated heterocyclic ring that is optionallysubstituted with 1-2 substituents. For example, R₁, R₂, and the nitrogenatom to which they are attached form a substituted1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridinyl. In other examples, R₁, R₂, and the nitrogenatom to which they are attached form a piperidinyl, ortetrahydropyridinyl substituted with 1-2 substituents selected fromalkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxy, haloaryl, alkoxyaryl, or aryl. In otherexamples, R₁, R₂, and the nitrogen atom to which they are attached forman unsubstituted fully saturated or partially unsaturatedheterocycloaliphatic.

In some embodiments, R₁ and R₂ together with the nitrogen atom to whichthey are attached form an optionally substituted 5-10 memberedmonocyclic or bicyclic ring that is partially unsaturated, or fullyunsaturated, and has 1-3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S. Inseveral embodiments, R₁ and R₂ together with the nitrogen atom to whichthey are attached form an optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclicheteroaryl. In several examples, the heteroaryl formed from R₁, R₂, andthe nitrogen atom to which they are attached is substituted with 1-3 ofhalo, cyano, hydroxyl, alkoxy, aliphatic, aryl, or cycloaliphatic. Forexample, R₁, R₂, and the nitrogen atom to which they are attached areoptionally substituted indolinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl, or3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazinyl. In other examples, the heteroarylformed from R₁, R₂, and the nitrogen atom to which they are attached issubstituted with 1-2 aliphatic groups. In other examples, the heteroarylformed from R₁, R₂, and the nitrogen atom to which they are attached issubstituted with 1-2 methyl groups.

In some embodiments, R₁ or R₂ is hydrogen.

In some embodiments, R₁ or R₂ is an optionally substitutedguanidinylalkyl having 1-2 substituents. In other embodiments, R₁ or R₂is an unsubstituted guanidinylalkyl.

In several embodiments, R₁ and R₂ are each independently selected from:hydrogen, methyl, ethyl,

In several embodiments, R₁, R₂ and the nitrogen atom to which they areattached form a heterocycloaliphatic or a heterocycloaliphatic fusedwith phenyl selected from:

2. Substituents R₃ and R₄

Each R₃ and R₄ are defined by —Z^(C)R₈, wherein each Z^(C) isindependently a bond or an optionally substituted straight or branchedC₁₋₆ aliphatic chain wherein up to two carbon units of Z^(C) areoptionally and independently replaced by —CO—, —CS—, —COCO—, —CONR^(C)—,—CONR^(C)NR^(C)—, —CO₂—, —OCO—, —NR^(C)CO₂—, —O—, —NR^(C)CONR^(C)—,—OCONR^(C)—, —NR^(C)NR^(C), —NR^(C)NR^(C)CO—, —NR^(C)CO—, —S—, —SO—,—SO₂—, —NR^(C)—, —SO₂NR^(C)—, —NR^(C)SO₂—, or —NR^(C)SO₂NR^(C)—.

Each R₈ is independently R^(C), halo, —OH, —NH₂, —NO₂, —CN, —CF₃, or—OCF₃.

Each R^(C) is independently hydrogen, an optionally substituted C₁₋₈aliphatic group; an optionally substituted 3-8 membered fully saturated,partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated monocyclic ring having 0-3heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; anoptionally substituted 8-12 membered fully saturated, partiallyunsaturated, or fully unsaturated bicyclic ring system having 0-5heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; ortwo occurrences of R^(C) are taken together with the atom(s) to whichthey are attached to form an optionally substituted 3-12 memberedsaturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated monocyclic orbicyclic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected fromnitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, each of which is optionally substitutedwith 1 to 3 substituents.

In several embodiments, R₃, R₄ and the nitrogen atom to which they areattached form an optionally substituted 4-8 membered saturated orpartially unsaturated monocyclic or bicyclic heterocycloaliphatic. Inseveral embodiments, the heterocycloaliphatic formed from the R₃, R₄ andthe nitrogen atom to which they are attached is substituted with 1-3substituents.

In several embodiments, R₃, R₄ and the nitrogen atom to which they areattached form an optionally substituted monocyclic heterocycloaliphaticwith 1-3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S. In another example R₃,R₄ and the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a fullysaturated optionally substituted heterocycloaliphatic (e.g.,heterocycloalkyl). In yet another example, R₃, R₄, and the nitrogen atomto which they are attached form an optionally substituted morpholinyl,thiomorpholinyl, piperadinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl,tetrahydrofuranyl, or imidazolinyl. In several embodiments the fullysaturated heterocycloaliphatic formed by R₃, R₄, and the nitrogen atomto which they are attached is substituted with 1-3 substituents selectedfrom halo, cyano, hydroxy, or optionally substituted C₁₋₅ aliphatic,heterocycloaliphatic, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, oraralkyl. In several embodiments, the heterocycloaliphatic formed fromR₃, R₄, and the nitrogen atom to which they are attached is apiperadinyl that is substituted with aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, alkoxy,alkoxycarbonyl, heterocycloaliphatic, cycloaliphatic, heteroaralkyl oraralkyl; or it is an unsubstituted piperadinyl. For example, thepiperadinyl formed from R₃, R₄ and the nitrogen atom to which they areattached is substituted with methyl, pyrrolidinyl, cyclopentyl,phenylmethyl, or pryridinylmethyl. In some embodiments, R₃, R₄, and thenitrogen atom to which they are attached form unsubstituted morpholinyl,thiomorpholinyl, piperadinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, ortetrahydrofuranyl. In some embodiments, R₃, R₄, and the nitrogen atom towhich they are attached form an alkyl substituted piperazinyl ormorpholinyl. For example, R₃, R₄, and the nitrogen atom to which theyare attached form a piperazinyl or morpholinyl that is optionallysubstituted with 1-2 alkyl groups. In other examples, R₃, R₄, and thenitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperazinyl or amorpholinyl, each of which is substituted with 1-2 alkyl groups.

In several embodiments, R₃, R₄, and the nitrogen atom to which they areattached form an optionally substituted fully saturated or partiallyunsaturated bicyclic heterocycloaliphatic. For example, the bicyclicheterocycloaliphatic formed from R₃, R₄, and the nitrogen atom to whichthey are attached has 1-3 heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S. Inother embodiments, the heterocycloaliphatic formed by R₃, R₄, and thenitrogen atom to which they are attached is substituted with 1-3substituents. In other embodiments, R₃, R₄, and the nitrogen atom towhich they are attached form an optionally substituteddecahydroquinaolinyl, tropane, or octahydroindolyl. In severalembodiments, R₃, R₄, and the nitrogen atom to which they are attachedform an unsubstituted decahydroquinaolinyl. In several otherembodiments, R₃, R₄, and the nitrogen atom to which they are attachedform a decahydroquinolinyl that is optionally substituted with 1-2methyl groups.

In several embodiments, R₃, R₄, and the nitrogen atom to which they areattached form an optionally substituted 6-10 membered heteroaryl. Forexample, the heteroaryl formed by R₃, R₄, and the nitrogen atom to whichthey are attached is substituted with 1-3 substituents. The optionallysubstituted heteroaryl formed by R₃, R₄, and the nitrogen atom to whichthey are attached is a monocyclic or bicyclic ring system. In severalembodiments, R₃, R₄, and the nitrogen atom to which they are attachedform optionally substituted 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl, oroctahydroisoindolyl. In another embodiment, R₃, R₄, and the nitrogenatom to which they are attached form unsubstituted1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl, or octahydroisoindolyl.

In several embodiments, one of R₃ or R₄ is an optionally substituted6-10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic aryl. In another example, R₃ or R₄is substituted with 1-3 substituents. In some embodiments, R₃ or R₄ isan optionally substituted monocyclic aryl. For example R₃ or R₄ is amonocyclic aryl substituted with 1-3 of halo, cyano, hydroxy, methyl,alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, C₁ aliphatic, aminocarbonyl, or combinationsthereof. In other examples, R₃ or R₄ is a phenyl. In severalembodiments, R₃ or R₄ is an optionally substituted bicyclic aryl. Inseveral embodiments, R₃ or R₄ is an optionally substituted naphthyl orindenyl. In several embodiments, R₃ or R₄ is substituted with 1-3substituents. For example, R₃ or R₄ is substituted with 1-3 substituentsselected from halo, cyano, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl,alkylaminocarbonyl, C₁₋₄ aliphatic, aryl or heteroaryl. In otherexamples, R₃ or R₄ is an unsubstituted naphthyl or indenyl.

In several embodiments R₃ or R₄ is an optionally substituted straight orbranched C₁₋₈ aliphatic. For example, R₃ or R₄ is optionally substitutedstraight (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or the like) or branched(e.g., isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-propyl, sec-butyl or the like)aliphatic. For example, R₃ or R₄ is methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl,pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, or octyl, each substituted with 1-3 substituents(e.g., 1-2 substituents). In other examples, R₃ or R₄ is an isopropyl orsec-propyl that is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents (e.g.,1-2 substituents), or R₃ or R₄ is an unsubstituted sec-propyl orisopropyl. In several embodiments, R₃ or R₄ is unsubstituted methyl,ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, or hexyl. In other embodiments, R₃ or R₄is a —C(O)OH substituted aliphatic (e.g., alkyl-C(O)OH). For example, R₃or R₄ is a methyl, ethyl, or propyl, each of which is substituted with—C(O)OH. In several embodiments, R₃ or R₄ is substituted with 1-2substituents including halo, cyano, hydroxy, or optionally substitutedcycloaliphatic, heterocycloaliphatic, aryl, alkoxy, haloalkylaryl,bicycloaliphatic, aryloxy, haloaryl, alkylamino, heteroaryl,cycloaliphatic, heterocycloaliphaticpropyl, isopropyl, or combinationsthereof. In other embodiment, R₃ or R₄ is methyl, ethyl, or propyl thatis substituted with a monocyclic optionally substituted aryl. Forexample, R₃ or R₄ is methyl, ethyl, or propyl that is substituted withalkoxyphenyl, cycloaliphaticphenyl, haloalkylphenyl, cyanophenyl,halophenyl, or hydroxyphenyl. In other embodiments, R₃ or R₄ is methyl,ethyl, or propyl that is substituted with a bicyclic aryl. For exampleR₃ or R₄ is methyl, ethyl, or propyl that is substituted withunsubstituted naphthyl or indenyl. In other embodiments, R₃ or R₄ issubstituted with two substituents independently selected from halo,cyano, hydroxyl, aliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloaliphatic,heterocycloaliphatic, or alkoxy. In some embodiments, R₃ or R₄ is methylsubstituted with aliphatic and aryl. In several embodiments, R₃ or R₄includes an optionally substituted partially unsaturated aliphatic(e.g., alkenyl or alkynyl). In several examples, R₃ or R₄ includesoptionally substituted ethenyl, propenyl, or butenyl. In otherembodiments, R₃ or R₄ includes unsubstituted propenyl.

In several embodiments, R₃ or R₄ is an optionally substitutedheteroaryl. For example R₃ or R₄ is an optionally substituted 6-10membered monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl. In some examples, R₃ or R₄is a monocyclic heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents.In other examples, R₃ or R₄ is a substituted pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl,pyridazinyl, or pyrazinyl. In other examples R₃ or R₄ is anunsubstituted pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, or pyrazinyl. Inseveral embodiments, R₃ or R₄ is an optionally substituted bicyclicheteraryl. For example, R₃ or R₄ is a bicyclic heteroaryl substitutedwith 1-3 substituents. In other examples, R₃ or R₄ is an optionallysubstituted isoindolinyl. In some embodiments, R₃ or R₄ is unsubstitutedisoindolinyl.

In several embodiments, R₃ or R₄ is an optionally substituted monocyclicor bicyclic cycloaliphatic. In some embodiments, R₃ or R₄ is amonocyclic cycloaliphatic optionally substituted with 1-3 substituentsincluding hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylamino, alkyl carbonyl, aliphatic, halo,or combinations thereof. In other embodiments, R₃ or R₄ is optionallysubstituted cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, orcycloheptyl. For example, R₃ or R₄ is unsubstituted cyclopropyl,cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or cycloheptyl. In otherembodiments, R₃ or R₄ is optionally substituted bicycloaliphatic. Inseveral examples, R₃ or R₄ is bicycloaliphatic or bridgedbicycloaliphatic optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents selectedfrom hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylamino, alkyl carbonyl, aliphatic, and halo.In other examples, R₃ or R₄ is optionally substitutedbicyclo[2.1.1]hexyl, bicyclo[3.1.1]heptyl, or bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl. Inother examples R₃ or R₄ is unsubstituted bicyclo[2.1.1]hexyl, orbicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl.

In several embodiments, R₃ or R₄ is hydrogen.

In several embodiments, each R₃, R₄, is independently selected from:hydrogen, methyl, ethyl,

In several embodiments, R₃, R₄, and the nitrogen atom to which they areattached is one selected from:

3. Substituent X

Each X is defined by —Z^(A)R₆, wherein Z^(A) is independently a bond oran optionally substituted branched or straight C₁₋₆ aliphatic chainwherein up to two carbon units of Z^(A) are optionally and independentlyreplaced by —CO—, —CS—, —COCO—, —CONR^(A)—, —CONR^(A)NR^(A)—, —CO₂—,—OCO—, —NR^(A)CO₂—, —O—, —NR^(A)CONR^(A)—, —OCONR^(A)—, —NR^(A)NR^(A),—NR^(A)NR^(A)CO—, —NR^(A)CO—, —S—, —SO—, —SO₂—, —NR^(A)—, —SO₂NR^(A)—,—NR^(A)SO₂—, or —NR^(A)SO₂NR^(A)—.

Each R₆ is independently R^(A), halo, —OH, —NH₂, —NO₂, —CN, —CF₃, or—OCF₃.

Each R^(A) is independently hydrogen, an optionally substituted C₁₋₈aliphatic group; a 3-8-membered optionally substituted fully saturated,partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated monocyclic ring having 0-3heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; an8-12 membered optionally substituted fully saturated, partiallyunsaturated, or fully unsaturated bicyclic ring system having 0-5heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; ortwo occurrences of R^(A) are taken together with the atom(s) to whichthey are attached to form an optionally substituted 3-12 membered fullysaturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated monocyclic orbicyclic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected fromnitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.

In several embodiments, X is a C₁₋₆ aliphatic that is optionallysubstituted and branched or straight. For example, X is an optionallysubstituted branched or straight C₁₋₆ aliphatic that is fully saturatedor partially unsaturated. In other examples, X is fully saturated (e.g.,alkyl). In some embodiments, X is methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl,or hexyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents.In other embodiments, X is an optionally substituted branched aliphatic.For example, X is an isopropyl, isobutyl, isopentane, sec-butyl, orsec-propyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1-2substituents. In several examples, X is an unsubstituted C₁₋₆ aliphatic.For example, X is unsubstituted methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, orhexyl. In other embodiments, X is substituted with 1-3 substituentsindependently selected from alkylcarbonyl, alkoxy, —C(O)OH, aryl,heteroaryl, cycloaliphatic, heterocycloaliphatic, and alkylamino. Inseveral embodiments, X is optionally substituted C₁₋₆ aliphatic that ispartially unsaturated. For example, X is an optionally substituted C₁₋₆aliphatic that has at least 1 C—C double bond, or at least 1 C—C triplebond. In other examples, X is optionally substituted ethenyl, propenyl,but-1-enyl, or but-2-enyl. In some embodiments, X is substituted with1-3 substituents independently selected from alkylcarbonyl, alkoxy,—C(O)OH, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloaliphatic, heterocycloaliphatic, andalkylamino. In other embodiments, X is ethenyl substituted with —C(O)OH(e.g., acrylic acid).

In several embodiments, X is an optionally substituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy. Thealkyl group of the alkoxy can be optionally substituted with 1-3substituents. For example, X is methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy,pentoxy, or hexoxy, each of which is optionally substituted. In otherexamples, X is prop-2-oxy, but-2-oxy, pent-2-oxy, or pent-3-oxy, each ofwhich is optionally substituted. In several embodiments, X isunsubstituted prop-2-oxy, but-2-oxy, pent-2-oxy, or pent-3-oxy. In otherexamples, X is substituted with a C₁₋₃ aliphatic group. For example, Xis ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentoxy, or hexoxy, each of which issubstituted with methyl or ethyl.

In several embodiments, X is an optionally substituted ring system thatthat is fully saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated andattaches to the core phenyl with an oxy (—O—) group. In severalexamples, X is selected from optionally substituted aryloxy,heteroaryloxy, cycloaliphaticoxy, or heterocycloaliphaticoxy. In severalembodiments, X is an unsubstituted aryloxy, heteroaryloxy,cycloaliphaticoxy, or heterocycloaliphaticoxy. For example, X is anunsubstituted phenoxy. In other embodiments, X is a phenoxy that issubstituted with 1-3 substituents selected from halo, —CF₃, alkoxy,alkylcarbonyl, and cyano.

In several embodiments, X is an optionally substituted amino. Forexample X is substituted with 1-3 substituents selected from aliphatic,alkoxy, alkylsulfonyl, alkylcarbonyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloaliphatic,and heterocycloaliphatic. In several examples, X is alkylcarbonylamino.

In several embodiments, X is a halo (e.g., F, Cl, Br, or I).

In several embodiments, each X is independently selected from: halo,

4. Substituents Y and n

Each Y is hydrogen, or optionally substituted methyl.

Each n is 1-4.

In several embodiments, Y is methyl.

In several embodiments, n is 1 or 2.

5. Exemplary Compound Families

Another aspect of the present invention includes compounds of formulaIa:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, where R₁, R₂, R₃, R₄, Xand n are defined above.

In several embodiments of formula Ia, when R₁ is alkyl, R₂ is not3,5-bis-trifluoromethyl-phenyl-alkyl; when R₁ and R₂ together formpyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, or piperidinyl, each optionally substitutedwith —CH₃ or —CH₂CH₃, then X is not m-methyl, o-halo, p-aryl, orp-cyano; when R₁ or R₂ are aliphatic or alkoxyalkyl, then X is notm-methyl, o-halo, p-aryl, or p-cyano; and when R₁ is phenylmethyloptionally substituted with 1-2-CH₃ groups or cycloaliphatic, and R₂ isone selected from unsubstituted methyl, ethyl, and isopropyl, then

-   -   (1) R₃ together with R₄ form pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl,        piperidinyl optionally substituted with aliphatic,        aminocarbonyl, or alkylcarbonyl, or one of R₃ or R₄ is        phenylmethyl, methylfuranyl, or methoxypropyl, and    -   (2) X is not m-methyl, p-aryl, o-halo or p-cyano.

In other embodiments of formula Ia, R₃ or R₄ is heterocycloaliphatic,bicycloaryl, bicycloheteroaliphatic, bicycloheteroaryl,heterocycloalkenyl, cycloaliphatic, alkenyl, 5-memberedheterocycloaliphatic, heteroaralkyl, or bicycloaralkyl, each of which isoptionally substituted; or one of R₃ and R₄ is hydrogen, R₃ or R₄ isalkyl substituted with cycloaliphatic, heteroaryl, heterocycloaliphatic,cyano, alkoxycarbonyl, —C(O)OH, guanidinylalkyl, bicycloaryl, halo, oralkoxy, or R₃ together with R₄ form a ring system selected fromthiomorpholinyl, bicycloheteroaryl, bicyclic heterocycloaliphatic,5-membered heterocycloaliphatic, and 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl,provided that when R₁ and R₂ together form pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl,piperidinyl, each optionally substituted with —CH₃ or —CH₂CH₃, then X isnot one selected from m-methyl, o-halo, p-aryl, and p-cyano; when R₁ andR₂ are aliphatic or alkoxyalkyl, then X is not one selected fromm-methyl, o-halo, p-aryl, and p-cyano; and

-   -   (1) when R₁ is phenylmethyl optionally substituted with 1-2-CH₃        groups or cycloaliphatic, and R₂ is one selected from        unsubstituted methyl, ethyl, and isopropyl, then R₃ together        with R₄ must form pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl        optionally substituted with aliphatic, aminocarbonyl, or        alkylcarbonyl; or one of R₃ and R₄ is phenylmethyl,        methylfuranyl, or methoxypropyl, and    -   (2) X is not o-halo or p-cyano.

Another aspect of the present invention includes compounds of formulaII:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R₁, R₂, X, n, andY are defined above.

Each V is one selected from —CH—, —CH₂—, —N—, —O—, and —S—.

Each m is 1 or 2.

Each R₉ and R₁₀ are defined by —Z^(D)R₁₄, wherein each Z^(D) isindependently a bond or an optionally substituted straight or branchedC₁₋₆ aliphatic chain wherein up to two carbon units of Z^(D) areoptionally and independently replaced by —CO—, —CS—, —COCO—, —CONR^(D)—,—CONR^(D)NR^(D)—CO₂—, —OCO—, —NR^(D)CO₂—, —O—, —NR^(D)CONR^(D)—,—OCONR^(D)—, —NR^(D)NR^(D), —NR^(D)NR^(D)CO—, —NR^(D)CO—, —S—, —SO—,—SO₂—, —NR^(D)—, —SO₂NR^(D)—, —NR^(D)SO₂—, or —NR^(D)SO₂NR^(D)—.

Each R₁₄ is independently R^(D), halo, —OH, —NH₂, —NO₂, —CN, —CF₃, or—OCF₃.

Each R^(D) is independently hydrogen, or an optionally substituted C₁₋₈aliphatic group, an optionally substituted 3-8 membered saturated,partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated monocyclic ring having 0-3heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, oran optionally substituted 8-12 membered saturated, partiallyunsaturated, or fully unsaturated bicyclic ring system having 0-5heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; ortwo occurrences of R^(D) are taken together with the atom(s) to whichthey are attached form an optionally substituted 3-12 memberedsaturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated monocyclic orbicyclic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected fromnitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, each of which is optionally substitutedwith 1 to 3 substituents.

In several embodiments of formula II, when R₁ or R₂ is3,5-bis-trifluoromethylphenylmethyl, ring A together with R₉ and R₁₀ isnot piperazinyl, optionally substituted piperidinyl, morpholinyl, orimidazolyl; when R₁ and R₂ together form pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl,piperidinyl, each optionally substituted with —CH₃ or —CH₂CH₃, then X isnot m-methyl, o-halo, p-aryl, and p-cyano; when R₁ and R₂ are aliphaticor alkoxyalkyl, then X is not from m-methyl, o-halo, p-aryl, andp-cyano; and when R₁ is phenylmethyl optionally substituted with 1-2-CH₃groups or cycloaliphatic, and R₂ is one selected from unsubstitutedmethyl, ethyl, and isopropyl, then

-   -   (1) ring B must form pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl        optionally substituted with aliphatic, or aminocarbonyl, or        alkylcarbonyl, and    -   (2) X is not o-halo, p-aryl, m-alkyl, orp-cyano.

Each R₉ and R₁₀ is hydrogen, halo, hydroxy, cyano, or C₁₋₆ aliphatic,alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycabonylamino, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl,heteroaralkyl, cycloaliphatic, or heterocycloaliphatic, each of which isoptionally substituted with 1-3 substituents; or R₉ and R₁₀ togetherwith the atom(s) to which they are attached form a 5-6 membered ringthat is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents.

In several embodiments, R₉ or R₁₀ is an optionally substituted C₁₋₆aliphatic. For example, R₉ or R₁₀ is an optionally substituted straightor branched C₁₋₆ aliphatic. For example, R₉ or R₁₀ is optionallysubstituted straight (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or the like)or branched (e.g., isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-propyl, sec-butyl or thelike) aliphatic. For example, R₉ or R₁₀ is methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl,pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, or octyl, each substituted with 1-3 substituents.In other examples, R₉ or R₁₀ is an isopropyl or sec-propyl that isoptionally substituted with 1-2 substituents, or R₉ or R₁₀ is anunsubstituted sec-propyl or isopropyl. In several embodiments, R₉ or R₁₀is unsubstituted methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, or hexyl. Inother embodiments, R₉ or R₁₀ is a —C(O)OH substituted aliphatic (e.g.,hydroxycarbonylalkyl). For example, R₉ or R₁₀ is a methyl, ethyl, orpropyl, each of which is substituted with —C(O)OH. In severalembodiments, R₉ or R₁₀ is substituted with halo, cyano, hydroxy, oroptionally substituted cycloaliphatic, heterocycloaliphatic, aryl,alkoxy, haloalkylaryl, bicycloaliphatic, aryloxy, haloaryl, alkylamino,heteroaryl, cycloaliphatic, or heterocycloaliphatic. In otherembodiment, R₉ or R₁₀ is methyl, ethyl, or propyl that is substitutedwith a monocyclic optionally substituted aryl. For example, R₉ or R₁₀ ismethyl, ethyl, or propyl that is substituted with alkoxyphenyl,cycloaliphaticphenyl, haloalkylphenyl, cyanophenyl, halophenyl, orhydroxyphenyl. In other embodiments, R₉ or R₁₀ is methyl, ethyl, orpropyl that is substituted with a bicyclic aryl. For example R₉ or R₁₀is methyl, ethyl, or propyl that is substituted with unsubstitutednaphthyl or indenyl. In other embodiments, R₉ or R₁₀ is di-substitutedwith two substituents independently selected from halo, cyano, hydroxyl,aliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloaliphatic, heterocycloaliphatic, oralkoxy. In some embodiments, R₉ or R₁₀ is methyl substituted withaliphatic and aryl. In several embodiments, R₉ or R₁₀ includes anoptionally substituted partially unsaturated aliphatic (e.g., alkenyl oralkynyl). In several examples, R₉ or R₁₀ includes optionally substitutedethenyl, propenyl, or butenyl. In other embodiments, R₉ or R₁₀ includesunsubstituted methyl or propenyl.

In several embodiments, R₉, R₁₀, and the atom(s) to which they areattached form a 5-6 membered ring that is optionally substituted with1-3 substituents. For example, R₉ and R₁₀ are attached to differentcarbon atoms and together with the carbon atoms form an optionallysubstituted 5-6 membered ring that is fused to ring A of formula II. Insome embodiments, R₉, R₁₀, and the carbon atoms to which they areattached form an optionally substituted fully saturated, partiallyunsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring that is optionally substituted.In some embodiments, R₉, R₁₀, and the carbon atoms to which they areattached form a fully saturated 5-6 membered ring that is optionallysubstituted. For example, R₉, R₁₀, and the carbon atoms to which theyare attached form a 5-6 membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl that isoptionally substituted. In some embodiments, R₉, R₁₀, and the carbonatoms to which they are attached form an optionally substitutedcyclohexyl or cyclopentyl ring that is fused to ring A. For example, R₉,R₁₀, and the carbon atoms to which they are attached form anunsubstituted cyclohexyl that is fused to ring A to create anunsubstituted decahydroquinolinyl or octahydroindolyl. In anotherembodiment, R₉, R₁₀, and the carbon atoms to which they are attachedform an unsubstituted cyclopentyl that is fused to ring A to create anunsubstituted octahydrocyclopenta[b]pyridinyl oroctahydrocyclopenta[b]pyrrolyl. In other embodiments, R₉, R₁₀, and thecarbon atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkyl ring that isfused to ring A and substituted with halo, aliphatic, alkoxy,cycloaliphatic, heterocycloaliphatic, aryl or heteroaryl. In someembodiments, R₉, R₁₀, and the carbon atoms to which they are attachedform an optionally substituted aryl ring that is fused to ring A. Forexample, R₉, R₁₀, and the carbon atoms to which they are attached forman optionally substituted phenyl that is fused to ring A to form asubstituted or unsubstituted 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl or indolinyl.

In several embodiments, R₉ or R₁₀ is an optionally substituted alkoxy.For example, the aliphatic chain of the alkoxy can be straight orbranched and substituted at any chemically feasible position. In someembodiments, R₉ or R₁₀ is an optionally substituted methoxy, ethoxy,propoxy, butoxy, pentoxy, or hexoxy. In other embodiments, R₉ or R₁₀ isunsubstituted.

In several embodiments, R₉ or R₁₀ is an optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl. For example, the aliphatic chain of the alkoxy can be straightor branched and substituted at any chemically feasible position. In someembodiments, R₉ or R₁₀ is an optionally substituted methoxycarbonyl,ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, butoxycarbonyl, pentoxycarbonyl, orhexoxycarbonyl.

In several embodiments, R₉ or R₁₀ is an optionally substitutedmonocyclic or bicyclic cycloaliphatic. In some embodiments, R₉ or R₁₀ isa monocyclic cycloaliphatic optionally substituted with 1-3 substituentsselected from hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylamino, alkyl carbonyl, aliphatic,and halo. In other embodiments, R₉ or R₁₀ is optionally substitutedcyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or cycloheptyl. Forexample, R₉ or R₁₀ is unsubstituted cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl,cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or cycloheptyl. In other embodiments, R₉ or R₁₀is optionally substituted bicycloaliphatic. In several examples, R₉ orR₁₀ is bicycloaliphatic optionally substituted with 1-3 substituentsselected from hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylamino, alkyl carbonyl, aliphatic,and halo. In other examples, R₉ or R₁₀ is optionally substitutedbicyclo[1.1.1]pentane, bicyclo[2.1.1]hexane, or bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane.In other examples, R₉ or R₁₀ is unsubstituted bicyclo[2.1.1]hexyl, orbicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl.

In several embodiments, R₉ or R₁₀ is an optionally substitutedmonocyclic or bicyclic heterocycloaliphatic including 1-3 heteroatomsselected from N, O, and S. In one group of examples, R₉ or R₁₀ is fullysaturated or partially unsaturated. In one group of examples, R₉ or R₁₀is an optionally substituted fully saturated monocyclicheterocycloaliphatic. In another group of examples, R₉ or R₁₀ ismorpholinyl, pyrroldinyl, thiomorpholinyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl, ortetrahydrothiophenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents.In another group of examples, R₉ or R₁₀ is unsubstituted morpholinyl,pyrrolidinyl, thiomorpholinyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl, ortetrahydrothiophenyl. In another group of examples, R₉ or R₁₀ is anunsubstituted tropane.

In several examples of compounds of formula II, when R₉ and R₁₀ arehydrogen, neither R₁ nor R₂ are H, —CH₃, or —CH₃C₆H₅.

Another aspect of the present invention includes compounds of formulaIII:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R₃, R₄, X, Y, andn are defined above; and

Each U is one selected from —CH—, —CH₂—, —N—, —O—, and —S—.

Each p is 1 or 2.

Each R₁₂ and R₁₃ are defined by —Z^(E)R₁₅, wherein each Z^(E) isindependently a bond or an optionally substituted straight or branchedC₁₋₆ aliphatic chain wherein up to two carbon units of Z^(C) areoptionally and independently replaced by —CO—, —CS—, —COCO—, —CONR^(E)—,—CONR^(E)NR^(E)—, —CO₂—, —OCO—, —NR^(E)CO₂—, —O—, —NR^(E)CONR^(E),—OCONR^(E), —NR^(E)NR^(E), —NR^(E)NR^(E)CO—, —NR^(E)CO—, —S—, —SO—,—SO₂—, —NR^(E)—, —SO₂NR^(E)—, —NR^(E)SO₂—, or —NR^(E)SO₂NR^(E)—.

Each R₁₅ is independently R^(E), halo, —OH, —NH₂, —NO₂, —CN, —CF₃, or—OCF₃.

Each R^(E) is independently hydrogen, an optionally substituted C₁₋₈aliphatic group, an optionally substituted 3-8 membered fully saturated,partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated monocyclic ring having 0-3heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; anoptionally substituted 8-12 membered fully saturated, partiallyunsaturated, or fully unsaturated bicyclic ring system having 0-5heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; ortwo occurrences of R^(E) are taken together with the atom(s) to whichthey are attached to form an optionally substituted 3-12 membered fullysaturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated monocyclic orbicyclic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected fromnitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, each of which is optionally substitutedwith 1 to 3 substituents.

In some embodiments of formula III, when ring B is pyrrolidinyl,morpholinyl, piperidinyl, and R₁₂ or R₁₃ is —CH₃ or —CH₂CH₃, then X isnot m-methyl, o-halo, p-aryl, or p-cyano.

Each R₁₂ and R₁₃ is hydrogen, halo, hydroxy, cyano, or C₁₋₄ aliphatic,alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycabonylamino, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl,heteroaralkyl, cycloaliphatic, or heterocycloaliphatic, each of which isoptionally substituted with 1-3 substituents; or R₁₂ and R₁₃ togetherwith the atom(s) to which they are attached form a 5-6 membered ringthat is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents.

In several embodiments, R₁₂, R₁₃, and the atom(s) to which they areattached form a 5-6 membered ring that is optionally substituted with1-3 substituents. For example, R₁₂ and R₁₃ are attached to differentcarbon atoms and together with the carbon atoms form an optionallysubstituted 5-6 membered ring that is fused to ring B of formula III. Insome embodiments, R₁₂, R₁₃, and the carbon atoms to which they areattached form an optionally substituted fully saturated, partiallyunsaturated, or fully unsaturated ring that is optionally substituted.In some embodiments, R₁₂, R₁₃, and the carbon atoms to which they areattached form a fully saturated 5-6 membered ring that is optionallysubstituted. For example, R₁₂, R₁₃, and the carbon atoms to which theyare attached form a 5-6 membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl that isoptionally substituted. In some embodiments, R₁₂, R₁₃, and the carbonatoms to which they are attached form an optionally substitutedcyclohexyl or cyclopentyl ring that is fused to ring B. For example,R₁₂, R₁₃, and the carbon atoms to which they are attached form anunsubstituted cyclohexyl that is fused to ring B to create anunsubstituted decahydroquinolinyl or octahydroindolyl. In anotherembodiment, R₁₂, R₁₃, and the carbon atoms to which they are attachedform an unsubstituted cyclopentyl that is fused to ring B to create anunsubstituted octahydrocyclopenta[b]pyridinyl oroctahydrocyclopenta[b]pyrrolyl. In other embodiments, R₁₂, R₁₃, and thecarbon atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkyl ring that isfused to ring B and is substituted with halo, aliphatic, alkoxy,cycloaliphatic, heterocycloaliphatic, aryl or heteroaryl. In someembodiments, R₁₂, R₁₃, and the carbon atoms to which they are attachedform an optionally substituted aryl ring that is fused to ring B. Forexample, R₁₂, R₁₃, and the carbon atoms to which they are attached forman optionally substituted phenyl that is fused to ring B to form asubstituted or unsubstituted 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl or indolinyl.In other examples, R₁₂, R₁₃, and the carbon atoms to which they areattached form a mono- or di-substituted phenyl. In some embodiments,R₁₂, R₁₃, and the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a phenylthat is substituted with alkoxy (e.g., methoxy), aliphatic,alkylcarbonyl, or alkoxycarbonyl. In several examples, R₁₂, R₁₃, and thecarbon atoms to which they are attached form a phenyl substituted with1-2 methoxy groups that is fused to ring B.

In several embodiments, R₁₂ or R₁₃ is optionally substituted aryl. Forexample, R₁₂ or R₁₃ is aryl substituted with 1-2 substituents. In otherexamples, R₁₂ or R₁₃ is aryl substituted with aliphatic, halo, hydroxy,cyano, aryl, alkoxy, alkylcarbonyl, or alkoxycarbonyl. In severalexamples, R₁₂ or R₁₃ is unsubstituted.

In several examples, R₁₂ or R₁₃ is an optionally substituted alkoxy. Forexample, R₁₂ or R₁₃ is optionally substituted C₁₋₆-alkoxy. In severalexamples, R₁₂ or R₁₃ is optionally substituted methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy,butoxy, pentoxy, or hexoxy. In several other examples, R₁₂ or R₁₃ issubstituted with aliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloaliphatic, orheterocycloaliphatic. In several embodiments, R₁₂ or R₁₃ isunsubstituted methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentoxy, or hexoxy.

In several embodiments, R₁₂ or R₁₃ is optionally substitutedalkylcarbonyl. For example, R₁₂ or R₁₃ is optionally substitutedC₁₋₆-alkyl-carbonyl. Other examples include methylcarbonyl,ethylcarbonyl, propylcarbonyl, butylcarbonyl, pentylcarbonyl, orhexylcarbonyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1-2substituents. In several embodiments, R₁₂ or R₁₃ is substituted withaliphatic, amino, hydroxyl, aryl, or heteroaryl. In several embodiments,R₁₂ or R₁₃ is unsubstituted methylcarbonyl, ethylcarbonyl,propylcarbonyl, butylcarbonyl, pentylcarbonyl, or hexylcarbonyl.

In several embodiments, R₁₂ or R₁₃ is an optionally substituted C₁₋₆aliphatic. For example, R₁₂ or R₁₃ is an optionally substituted straightor branched C₁₋₆ aliphatic. For example, R₁₂ or R₁₃ is optionallysubstituted straight (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or the like)or branched (e.g., isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-propyl, sec-butyl or thelike) aliphatic. For example, R₁₂ or R₁₃ is methyl, ethyl, propyl,butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, or octyl, each substituted with 1-3substituents. In other examples, R₁₂ or R₁₃ is an isopropyl orsec-propyl that is optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents, or R₁₂or R₁₃ is an unsubstituted sec-propyl or isopropyl. In severalembodiments, R₁₂ or R₁₃ is unsubstituted methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl,pentyl, or hexyl. In other embodiments, R₁₂ or R₁₃ is a —C(O)OHsubstituted aliphatic (e.g., alkyl-C(O)OH). For example, R₁₂ or R₁₃ is amethyl, ethyl, or propyl, each of which is substituted with —C(O)OH. Inseveral embodiments, R₁₂ or R₁₃ is substituted with halo, cyano,hydroxy, or optionally substituted cycloaliphatic, heterocycloaliphatic,aryl, alkoxy, haloalkylaryl, bicycloaliphatic, aryloxy, haloaryl,alkylamino, heteroaryl, cycloaliphatic, or heterocycloaliphatic. Inother embodiment, R₁₂ or R₁₃ is methyl, ethyl, or propyl that issubstituted with a monocyclic optionally substituted aryl. For example,R₁₂ or R₁₃ is methyl, ethyl, or propyl that is substituted withalkoxyphenyl, cycloaliphaticphenyl, haloalkylphenyl, cyanophenyl,halophenyl, or hydroxyphenyl. In other embodiments, R₁₂ or R₁₃ ismethyl, ethyl, or propyl that is substituted with a bicyclic aryl. Forexample R₁₂ or R₁₃ is methyl, ethyl, or propyl that is substituted withunsubstituted naphthyl or indenyl. In other embodiments, R₁₂ or R₁₃ isdi-substituted with two substituents independently selected from halo,cyano, hydroxyl, aliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloaliphatic,heterocycloaliphatic, or alkoxy. In some embodiments, R₁₂ or R₁₃ ismethyl substituted with aliphatic and aryl. In several embodiments, R₁₂or R₁₃ includes an optionally substituted partially unsaturatedaliphatic (e.g., alkenyl or alkynyl). In several examples, R₁₂ or R₁₃includes optionally substituted ethenyl, propenyl, or butenyl. In otherembodiments, R₁₂ or R₁₃ includes unsubstituted methyl or propenyl.

In several examples of compounds of formulae Ia, II, or III:

When R₁ is alkyl, R₂ is not 3,5-bis-trifluoromethyl-phenyl-alkyl.

When R₁ and R₂ together form pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, or piperidinyl,each optionally substituted with —CH₃ or —CH₂CH₃, then X is notm-methyl, o-halo, p-aryl, or p-cyano.

When each R₁ or R₂ is aliphatic or alkoxyalkyl, then X is not m-methyl,o-halo, p-aryl, and p-cyano.

When R₁ is phenylmethyl optionally substituted with 1-2-CH₃ groups orcycloaliphatic, and R₂ is unsubstituted methyl, ethyl, or isopropyl,then R₃ together with R₄ must form pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl,piperidinyl optionally substituted with aliphatic, aminocarbonyl, oralkylcarbonyl, or each R₃ or R₄ is phenylmethyl, methylfuranyl, ormethoxypropyl, and X is not m-methyl, p-aryl, o-halo or p-cyano.

6. Examples of Compounds

Exemplary compounds of the present invention include, but are notlimited to, those illustrated in Table 1 below.

TABLE 1 Examples of compounds of the present invention

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

119

120

121

122

123

124

125

126

127

128

129

130

131

132

133

134

135

136

137

138

139

140

141

142

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

151

152

153

154

155

156

157

158

159

160

161

162

163

164

165

166

167

168

169

170

171

172

173

174

175

176

177

178

179

180

181

182

183

184

185

186

187

188

189

190

191

192

193

194

195

196

197

198

199

200

201

202

203

204

205

206

207

208

209

210

211

212

213

214

215

216

217

218

219

220

221

222

223

224

225

226

227

228

229

230

231

232

233

234

235

236

237

238

239

240

241

242

243

244

245

246

247

248

249

250

251

252

253

254

255

256

257

258

259

260

261

262

263

264

265

266

267

268

269

270

271

272

273

274

275

276

277

278

279

280

281

282

283

284

285

286

287

288

289

290

291

292

293

294

295

296

297

298

299

300

301

302

303

304

305

306

307

308

309

310

311

312

313

314

315

316

317

318

319

320

321

322

323

324

325

326

327

328

329

330

331

332

333

334

335

336

337

338

339

340

341

342

343

344

345

346

347

348

349

350

351

III. Synthetic Scheme

Compounds of the invention can be synthesized by any conventionalreactions known in the art. One method of syntheses is illustrated inScheme 1 without limitation.

Referring to Scheme 1, R₅ is a C₁₋₅ alkyl. Reaction of the keto-ester bwith a formamide dialkylacetal such as, for example, dimethylformamidedimethylacetal, provides the aminomethylene compound c. Reaction of dwith 2-methylisothiourea sulfate in the presence of sodium acetateprovides the thiopyrimidine e. Oxidation off with a suitable oxidizingreagent provides the sulfoxo-pyrimidine f. Suitable oxidizing reagentsinclude, for example, m-chloroperbenzoic acid. Reaction off with theamine R₃R₄NH provides the 2-aminopyrimidine g. Hydrolysis of g with, forexample, an alkaline earth hydroxide such as potassium hydroxide orsodium hydroxide, provides the acid g. Conversion of g to the amide a,compounds of the invention, can be achieved by converting the acid gfirst to an active acid derivative such as, for example, an acidchloride followed by reaction of the active derivative with the amineR₁R₂NH. Alternatively, the amide formation may be achieved by reactionof g with the amine R₁R₂NH in the presence of a suitable couplingreagent such as, for example, EDC or HATU. Acid addition salts such as,for example, a hydrochloride, may be prepared by reaction of the basiccompound 1 with an acid in a solvent from which the salt willprecipitate such as, for example, diethylether.

A variation of Scheme 1 is illustrated in Scheme 2 without limitation.

In reference to Scheme 2, the esterpyrimidine (Scheme 1) is converted tothe corresponding amidepyrimidine h following procedures as describedabove for preparing the amides a. Oxidation of b and displacement of thesulfonyl group with HNR₃R₄ as previously described in scheme 1 providesthe compounds of the invention a.

An alternative method for preparation of the compounds is illustrated inScheme 3 without limitation.

Referring to Scheme 3, condensation of an aryl aldehyde with anacetoacetate ester and urea in the presence of a catalyst such as, forexample, cuprous chloride and a Lewis acid such as, for example,borontrifluoride ethereate provides the dihydropyrimidinone j. Oxidationof h with, for example, 60% nitric acid gives the pyrimidinone k.Condensation of i with an amine HNR₃R₄ in the presence of a condensationreagent such as, for example, PyBrop (Bromo-tris-pyrrolidinophosphoniumhexafluorophosphate) provides the aminopyridine f. Conversionoff to the compounds of the invention can be achieved as described abovein Scheme 1.

The amine intermediates HNR₁R₂ are commercially available, known in theart, or may be prepared by known reductive amination methods orcondensation of the amine with an aryl halide using known methodologyand as illustrated in the Examples herein.

An alternative method for preparation of the compounds is illustrated inScheme 4 without limitation.

Referring to Scheme 4, the pyrimidinedione a′ is converted to thedichloropyrimidine b′ by reaction with phosphorous oxychloride in thepresence of dimethylformamide. Coupling of b′ with an arylboronic acidin the presence of a palladium catalyst such as, for example, Pd₂(dba)₃and a trialkylphosphine such as, for example, tri-t-butyl phosphineprovides the aryl substituted pyrimidine c′. Displacement of the chlorogroup in c′ with the amine HNR₃R₄ provides the aminopyrimidine d′.Hydrolysis of the ester in d′ with, for example, sodium hydroxide inethanol provides the corresponding acid which is converted to thecompounds of the invention a using known amide forming conditions.

IV. Formulations, Administrations, and Uses

A. Pharmaceutically Acceptable Compositions

As discussed above, the present invention provides compounds that areinhibitors of voltage-gated sodium ion channels and/or calcium channels,and thus the present compounds are useful for the treatment of diseases,disorders, and conditions including, but not limited to acute, chronic,neuropathic, or inflammatory pain, arthritis, migrane, clusterheadaches, trigeminal neuralgia, herpetic neuralgia, general neuralgias,epilepsy or epilepsy conditions, neurodegenerative disorders,psychiatric disorders such as anxiety and depression, myotonia,arrhythmia, movement disorders, neuroendocrine disorders, ataxia,multiple sclerosis, irritable bowel syndrome, and incontinence.Accordingly, in another aspect of the present invention,pharmaceutically acceptable compositions are provided, wherein thesecompositions comprise any of the compounds as described herein, andoptionally comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant orvehicle. In certain embodiments, these compositions optionally furthercomprise one or more additional therapeutic agents.

It will also be appreciated that certain of the compounds of presentinvention can exist in free form for treatment, or where appropriate, asa pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof. According to thepresent invention, a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative includes,but is not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, saltsof such esters, or any other adduct or derivative which uponadministration to a patient in need is capable of providing, directly orindirectly, a compound as otherwise described herein, or a metabolite orresidue thereof.

As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers tothose salts which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment,suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animalswithout undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like, andare commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. A“pharmaceutically acceptable salt” means any non-toxic salt or salt ofan ester of a compound of this invention that, upon administration to arecipient, is capable of providing, either directly or indirectly, acompound of this invention or an inhibitorily active metabolite orresidue thereof. As used herein, the term “inhibitorily activemetabolite or residue thereof” means that a metabolite or residuethereof is also an inhibitor of a voltage-gated sodium ion channel orcalcium channel.

Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art. Forexample, S. M. Berge, et al. describes pharmaceutically acceptable saltsin detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1977, 66, 1-19, incorporatedherein by reference. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compoundsof this invention include those derived from suitable inorganic andorganic acids and bases. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable,nontoxic acid addition salts are salts of an amino group formed withinorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoricacid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such asacetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid,succinic acid or malonic acid or by using other methods used in the artsuch as ion exchange. Other pharmaceutically acceptable salts includeadipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate,bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate,cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate,formate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate,hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide,2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, laurylsulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate,2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate,pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate,pivalate, propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate,thiocyanate, p-toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, valerate salts, and thelike. Salts derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal,alkaline earth metal, ammonium and N⁺(C₁₋₄alkyl)₄ salts. This inventionalso envisions the quaternization of any basic nitrogen-containinggroups of the compounds disclosed herein. Water or oil-soluble ordispersible products may be obtained by such quaternization.Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium,lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like. Furtherpharmaceutically acceptable salts include, when appropriate, nontoxicammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations formed usingcounterions such as halide, hydroxide, carboxylate, sulfate, phosphate,nitrate, loweralkyl sulfonate and aryl sulfonate.

As described above, the pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of thepresent invention additionally comprise a pharmaceutically acceptablecarrier, adjuvant, or vehicle, which, as used herein, includes any andall solvents, diluents, or other liquid vehicle, dispersion orsuspension aids, surface active agents, isotonic agents, thickening oremulsifying agents, preservatives, solid binders, lubricants and thelike, as suited to the particular dosage form desired. Remington'sPharmaceutical Sciences, Sixteenth Edition, E. W. Martin (MackPublishing Co., Easton, Pa., 1980) discloses various carriers used informulating pharmaceutically acceptable compositions and knowntechniques for the preparation thereof. Except insofar as anyconventional carrier medium is incompatible with the compounds of theinvention, such as by producing any undesirable biological effect orotherwise interacting in a deleterious manner with any othercomponent(s) of the pharmaceutically acceptable composition, its use iscontemplated to be within the scope of this invention. Some examples ofmaterials which can serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriersinclude, but are not limited to, ion exchangers, alumina, aluminumstearate, lecithin, serum proteins, such as human serum albumin, buffersubstances such as phosphates, glycine, sorbic acid, or potassiumsorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids,water, salts or electrolytes, such as protamine sulfate, disodiumhydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, zincsalts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone,polyacrylates, waxes, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene-block polymers, woolfat, sugars such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches such as cornstarch and potato starch; cellulose and its derivatives such as sodiumcarboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; powderedtragacanth; malt; gelatin; talc; excipients such as cocoa butter andsuppository waxes; oils such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil; saffloweroil; sesame oil; olive oil; corn oil and soybean oil; glycols; such apropylene glycol or polyethylene glycol; esters such as ethyl oleate andethyl laurate; agar; buffering agents such as magnesium hydroxide andaluminum hydroxide; alginic acid; pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline;Ringer's solution; ethyl alcohol, and phosphate buffer solutions, aswell as other non-toxic compatible lubricants such as sodium laurylsulfate and magnesium stearate, as well as coloring agents, releasingagents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents,preservatives and antioxidants can also be present in the composition,according to the judgment of the formulator.

B. Uses of Compounds and Pharmaceutically Acceptable Compositions

In yet another aspect, a method for the treatment or lessening theseverity of acute, chronic, neuropathic, or inflammatory pain,arthritis, migrane, cluster headaches, trigeminal neuralgia, herpeticneuralgia, general neuralgias, epilepsy or epilepsy conditions,neurodegenerative disorders, psychiatric disorders such as anxiety anddepression, myotonia, arrhythmia, movement disorders, neuroendocrinedisorders, ataxia, multiple sclerosis, irritable bowel syndrome,incontinence, visceral pain, osteoarthritis pain, postherpeticneuralgia, diabetic neuropathy, radicular pain, sciatica, back pain,head or neck pain, severe or intractable pain, nociceptive pain,breakthrough pain, postsurgical pain, or cancer pain is providedcomprising administering an effective amount of a compound, or apharmaceutically acceptable composition comprising a compound to asubject in need thereof. In certain embodiments, a method for thetreatment or lessening the severity of acute, chronic, neuropathic, orinflammatory pain is provided comprising administering an effectiveamount of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable composition to asubject in need thereof. In certain other embodiments, a method for thetreatment or lessening the severity of radicular pain, sciatica, backpain, head pain, or neck pain is provided comprising administering aneffective amount of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptablecomposition to a subject in need thereof. In still other embodiments, amethod for the treatment or lessening the severity of severe orintractable pain, acute pain, postsurgical pain, back pain, tinnitis orcancer pain is provided comprising administering an effective amount ofa compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable composition to a subject inneed thereof.

In certain embodiments of the present invention an “effective amount” ofthe compound or pharmaceutically acceptable composition is that amounteffective for treating or lessening the severity of one or more ofacute, chronic, neuropathic, or inflammatory pain, arthritis, migrane,cluster headaches, trigeminal neuralgia, herpetic neuralgia, generalneuralgias, epilepsy or epilepsy conditions, neurodegenerativedisorders, psychiatric disorders such as anxiety and depression,myotonia, arrhythmia, movement disorders, neuroendocrine disorders,ataxia, multiple sclerosis, irritable bowel syndrome, incontinence,visceral pain, osteoarthritis pain, postherpetic neuralgia, diabeticneuropathy, radicular pain, sciatica, back pain, head or neck pain,severe or intractable pain, nociceptive pain, breakthrough pain,postsurgical pain, tinnitis or cancer pain.

The compounds and compositions, according to the method of the presentinvention, may be administered using any amount and any route ofadministration effective for treating or lessening the severity of oneor more of acute, chronic, neuropathic, or inflammatory pain, arthritis,migrane, cluster headaches, trigeminal neuralgia, herpetic neuralgia,general neuralgias, epilepsy or epilepsy conditions, neurodegenerativedisorders, psychiatric disorders such as anxiety and depression,myotonia, arrhythmia, movement disorders, neuroendocrine disorders,ataxia, multiple sclerosis, irritable bowel syndrome, incontinence,visceral pain, osteoarthritis pain, postherpetic neuralgia, diabeticneuropathy, radicular pain, sciatica, back pain, head or neck pain,severe or intractable pain, nociceptive pain, breakthrough pain,postsurgical pain, tinnitis or cancer pain. The exact amount requiredwill vary from subject to subject, depending on the species, age, andgeneral condition of the subject, the severity of the infection, theparticular agent, its mode of administration, and the like. Thecompounds of the invention are preferably formulated in dosage unit formfor ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. The expression“dosage unit form”, as used herein refers to a physically discrete unitof agent appropriate for the patient to be treated. It will beunderstood, however, that the total daily usage of the compounds andcompositions of the present invention will be decided by the attendingphysician within the scope of sound medical judgment. The specificeffective dose level for any particular patient or organism will dependupon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and theseverity of the disorder; the activity of the specific compoundemployed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight,general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration,route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compoundemployed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination orcoincidental with the specific compound employed, and like factors wellknown in the medical arts. The term “patient”, as used herein, means ananimal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human.

The pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention can beadministered to humans and other animals orally, rectally, parenterally,intracisternally, intravaginally, intraperitoneally, topically (as bypowders, ointments, or drops), bucally, as an oral or nasal spray, orthe like, depending on the severity of the infection being treated. Incertain embodiments, the compounds of the invention may be administeredorally or parenterally at dosage levels of about 0.01 mg/kg to about 50mg/kg and preferably from about 1 mg/kg to about 25 mg/kg, of subjectbody weight per day, one or more times a day, to obtain the desiredtherapeutic effect.

Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include, but are not limitedto, pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions,suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the active compounds,the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in theart such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agentsand emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethylcarbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propyleneglycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (in particular,cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils),glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fattyacid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof. Besides inert diluents,the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents,emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfumingagents.

Injectable preparations, for example, sterile injectable aqueous oroleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to the known artusing suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. Thesterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectablesolution, suspension or emulsion in a nontoxic parenterally acceptablediluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Amongthe acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water,Ringer's solution, U.S.P. and isotonic sodium chloride solution. Inaddition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solventor suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil can beemployed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fattyacids such as oleic acid are used in the preparation of injectables.

The injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, byfiltration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporatingsterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which canbe dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectablemedium prior to use.

In order to prolong the effect of a compound of the present invention,it is often desirable to slow the absorption of the compound fromsubcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This may be accomplished by theuse of a liquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous material withpoor water solubility. The rate of absorption of the compound thendepends upon its rate of dissolution that, in turn, may depend uponcrystal size and crystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absorption ofa parenterally administered compound form is accomplished by dissolvingor suspending the compound in an oil vehicle. Injectable depot forms aremade by forming microencapsule matrices of the compound in biodegradablepolymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending upon the ratio ofcompound to polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed,the rate of compound release can be controlled. Examples of otherbiodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides).Depot injectable formulations are also prepared by entrapping thecompound in liposomes or microemulsions that are compatible with bodytissues.

Compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are preferablysuppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds of thisinvention with suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such ascocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solidat ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore meltin the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.

Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets,pills, powders, and granules. In such solid dosage forms, the activecompound is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptableexcipient or carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphateand/or a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose,glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid, b) binders such as, for example,carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone,sucrose, and acacia, c) humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegratingagents such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch,alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, e) solutionretarding agents such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators such asquaternary ammonium compounds, g) wetting agents such as, for example,cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate, h) absorbents such as kaolinand bentonite clay, and i) lubricants such as talc, calcium stearate,magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate,and mixtures thereof. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, thedosage form may also comprise buffering agents.

Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers insoft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactoseor milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols andthe like. The solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills,and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as entericcoatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulatingart. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of acomposition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, orpreferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally,in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions that can be usedinclude polymeric substances and waxes. Solid compositions of a similartype may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatincapsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as highmolecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.

The active compounds can also be in microencapsulated form with one ormore excipients as noted above. The solid dosage forms of tablets,dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings andshells such as enteric coatings, release controlling coatings and othercoatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. In such soliddosage forms the active compound may be admixed with at least one inertdiluent such as sucrose, lactose or starch. Such dosage forms may alsocomprise, as is normal practice, additional substances other than inertdiluents, e.g., tableting lubricants and other tableting aids such amagnesium stearate and microcrystalline cellulose. In the case ofcapsules, tablets and pills, the dosage forms may also comprisebuffering agents. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and canalso be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s)only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract,optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions thatcan be used include polymeric substances and waxes.

Dosage forms for topical or transdermal administration of a compound ofthis invention include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels,powders, solutions, sprays, inhalants or patches. The active componentis admixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptablecarrier and any needed preservatives or buffers as may be required.Ophthalmic formulation, eardrops, and eye drops are also contemplated asbeing within the scope of this invention. Additionally, the presentinvention contemplates the use of transdermal patches, which have theadded advantage of providing controlled delivery of a compound to thebody. Such dosage forms are prepared by dissolving or dispensing thecompound in the proper medium. Absorption enhancers can also be used toincrease the flux of the compound across the skin. The rate can becontrolled by either providing a rate controlling membrane or bydispersing the compound in a polymer matrix or gel.

As described generally above, the compounds of the invention are usefulas inhibitors of voltage-gated sodium ion channels or calcium channels,preferably N-type calcium channels. In one embodiment, the compounds andcompositions of the invention are inhibitors of one or more of NaV1.1,NaV1.2, NaV1.3, NaV1.4, NaV1.5, NaV1.6, NaV1.7, NaV1.8, NaV1.9, orCaV2.2, and thus, without wishing to be bound by any particular theory,the compounds and compositions are particularly useful for treating orlessening the severity of a disease, condition, or disorder whereactivation or hyperactivity of one or more of NaV1.1, NaV1.2, NaV1.3,NaV1.4, NaV1.5, NaV1.6, NaV1.7, NaV1.8, NaV1.9, or CaV2.2 is implicatedin the disease, condition, or disorder. When activation or hyperactivityof NaV1.1, NaV1.2, NaV1.3, NaV1.4, NaV1.5, NaV1.6, NaV1.7, NaV1.8,NaV1.9, or CaV2.2, is implicated in a particular disease, condition, ordisorder, the disease, condition, or disorder may also be referred to asa “NaV1.1, NaV1.2, NaV1.3, NaV1.4, NaV1.5, NaV1.6, NaV1.7, NaV1.8 orNaV1.9-mediated disease, condition or disorder” or a “CaV2.2-mediatedcondition or disorder”. Accordingly, in another aspect, the presentinvention provides a method for treating or lessening the severity of adisease, condition, or disorder where activation or hyperactivity of oneor more of NaV1.1, NaV 1.2, NaV 1.3, NaV 1.4, NaV 1.5, NaV1.6, NaV1.7,NaV1.8, NaV1.9, or CaV2.2 is implicated in the disease state.

The activity of a compound utilized in this invention as an inhibitor ofNaV1.1, NaV1.2, NaV1.3, NaV1.4, NaV1.5, NaV1.6, NaV1.7, NaV1.8, NaV1.9,or CaV2.2 may be assayed according to methods described generally in theExamples herein, or according to methods available to one of ordinaryskill in the art.

In certain exemplary embodiments, compounds of the invention are usefulas inhibitors of NaV1.3. In other embodiments, compounds of theinvention are useful as inhibitors of NaV1.3 and CaV2.2. In still otherembodiments, compounds of the invention are useful as inhibitors ofCaV2.2.

It will also be appreciated that the compounds and pharmaceuticallyacceptable compositions of the present invention can be employed incombination therapies, that is, the compounds and pharmaceuticallyacceptable compositions can be administered concurrently with, prior to,or subsequent to, one or more other desired therapeutics or medicalprocedures. The particular combination of therapies (therapeutics orprocedures) to employ in a combination regimen will take into accountcompatibility of the desired therapeutics and/or procedures and thedesired therapeutic effect to be achieved. It will also be appreciatedthat the therapies employed may achieve a desired effect for the samedisorder (for example, an inventive compound may be administeredconcurrently with another agent used to treat the same disorder), orthey may achieve different effects (e.g., control of any adverseeffects). As used herein, additional therapeutic agents that arenormally administered to treat or prevent a particular disease, orcondition, are known as “appropriate for the disease, or condition,being treated”. For example, exemplary additional therapeutic agentsinclude, but are not limited to: nonopioid analgesics (indoles such asEtodolac, Indomethacin, Sulindac, Tolmetin; naphthylalkanones such asNabumetone; oxicams such as Piroxicam; para-aminophenol derivatives,such as Acetaminophen; propionic acids such as Fenoprofen, Flurbiprofen,Ibuprofen, Ketoprofen, Naproxen, Naproxen sodium, Oxaprozin; salicylatessuch as Asprin, Choline magnesium trisalicylate, Diflunisal; fenamatessuch as meclofenamic acid, Mefenamic acid; and pyrazoles such asPhenylbutazone); or opioid (narcotic) agonists (such as Codeine,Fentanyl, Hydromorphone, Levorphanol, Meperidine, Methadone, Morphine,Oxycodone, Oxymorphone, Propoxyphene, Buprenorphine, Butorphanol,Dezocine, Nalbuphine, and Pentazocine). Additionally, nondrug analgesicapproaches may be utilized in conjunction with administration of one ormore compounds of the invention. For example, anesthesiologic(intraspinal infusion, neural blocade), neurosurgical (neurolysis of CNSpathways), neurostimulatory (transcutaneous electrical nervestimulation, dorsal column stimulation), physiatric (physical therapy,orthotic devices, diathermy), or psychologic (cognitivemethods-hypnosis, biofeedback, or behavioral methods) approaches mayalso be utilized. Additional appropriate therapeutic agents orapproaches are described generally in The Merck Manual, SeventeenthEdition, Ed. Mark H. Beers and Robert Berkow, Merck ResearchLaboratories, 1999, and the Food and Drug Administration website,www.fda.gov, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated byreference.

The amount of additional therapeutic agent present in the compositionsof this invention will be no more than the amount that would normally beadministered in a composition comprising that therapeutic agent as theonly active agent. Preferably the amount of additional therapeutic agentin the presently disclosed compositions will range from about 50% to100% of the amount normally present in a composition comprising thatagent as the only therapeutically active agent.

The compounds of this invention or pharmaceutically acceptablecompositions thereof may also be incorporated into compositions forcoating an implantable medical device, such as prostheses, artificialvalves, vascular grafts, stents and catheters. Accordingly, the presentinvention, in another aspect, includes a composition for coating animplantable device comprising a compound of the present invention asdescribed generally above, and in classes and subclasses herein, and acarrier suitable for coating said implantable device. In still anotheraspect, the present invention includes an implantable device coated witha composition comprising a compound of the present invention asdescribed generally above, and in classes and subclasses herein, and acarrier suitable for coating said implantable device. Suitable coatingsand the general preparation of coated implantable devices are describedin U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,099,562; 5,886,026; and 5,304,121. The coatings aretypically biocompatible polymeric materials such as a hydrogel polymer,polymethyldisiloxane, polycaprolactone, polyethylene glycol, polylacticacid, ethylene vinyl acetate, and mixtures thereof. The coatings mayoptionally be further covered by a suitable topcoat of fluorosilicone,polysaccarides, polyethylene glycol, phospholipids or combinationsthereof to impart controlled release characteristics in the composition.

Another aspect of the invention relates to inhibiting one or more ofNaV1.1, NaV1.2, NaV1.3, NaV1.4, NaV1.5, NaV1.6, NaV1.7, NaV1.8, NaV1.9,or CaV2.2 activity in a biological sample or a patient, which methodcomprises administering to the patient, or contacting said biologicalsample with a compound of formula I or a composition comprising saidcompound. The term “biological sample”, as used herein, includes,without limitation, cell cultures or extracts thereof; biopsied materialobtained from a mammal or extracts thereof; and blood, saliva, urine,feces, semen, tears, or other body fluids or extracts thereof.

Inhibition of one or more of NaV1.1, NaV1.2, NaV1.3, NaV1.4, NaV1.5,NaV1.6, NaV 1.7, NaV 1.8, NaV 1.9, or CaV2.2 activity in a biologicalsample is useful for a variety of purposes that are known to one ofskill in the art. Examples of such purposes include, but are not limitedto, the study of sodium ion channels in biological and pathologicalphenomena; and the comparative evaluation of new sodium ion channelinhibitors.

V. Preparations and Examples Preparation 1: N-Benzylcyclobutylamine

A sodium cyanoborohydride (0.88 g, 14 mmol) was added slowly to astirred solution of benzaldehyde (0.71 g, 7.00 mmol) in methanol (9 mL)and glacial acetic acid (1 mL) at room temperature and the mixture washeated at 60° C. for 3 hr and cooled to room temperature. The solventwas evaporated under reduced pressure, and the crude material wasdissolved in water and basified with a 2N NaOH solution (10 mL). Theaqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL), dried andconcentrated. The residue was purified by Biotage SP1 on packed silicagel column (10%-80% EtOAc/Hexanes gradient) to giveN-benzylcyclobutylamine (0.65 g, 58%). Mass Spec. FIA MS 312 (M+1), ¹HNMR (DMSO-d6, 500 MHz) δ 7.26-7.31 (m, 4H), 7.17-7.21 (d, 1H), 3.58 (s,2H), 3.13 (m, 1H), 2.11 (brs, 1H), 2.04 (m, 2H), 1.50-1.69 (m, 4H).

Preparation 2: N-Isopropyl-3-methoxybenzenamine

To a microwave tube charged with a stirring bar was added sodiumcyanoborohydride (0.10 g, 1.6 mmol) and m-anisidine (0.075 mL, 0.8 mmol)in methanol (1 mL). To this solution was the added acetone (0.5 mL) andglacial acetic acid (0.5 mL). Once the gas evolution had subsided, thetube was crimped and subjected to microwave irradiation at 130° C. for15 minutes. The solution was diluted with CH₂Cl₂, washed once with 1NNaOH, and the organic layer was dried (Na₂SO₄), filtered andconcentrated to a yellow liquid. This was purified via silica gelchromatography with an ethyl acetate/hexanes gradient (R_(f)=0.60 in 4:1Hex/EtOAc) to give N-isopropyl-3-methoxybenzenamine as a colorless oil.FIA MS 166 (M+1).

Preparation 3: N-Cyclopropyl-3-methoxybenzenamine

To a high-pressure tube was added 3-bromoanisole (0.250 mL, 2 mmol),cyclopropylamine (0.225 mL, 3.2 mmol), sodium t-butoxide (0.29 g, 3.0mmol), (+/−) BINAP (0.04 g, 0.06 mmol), and Pd₂(dba)₃ (0.010 g, 0.01mmol). This mixture was suspended in 4 mL anhydrous toluene. The tubewas flushed with dry nitrogen gas, then capped and wrapped in aluminumfoil. The reaction mixture was stirred and heated to 80° C. overnight,then allowed to cool, and the reaction vessel was opened. The mixturewas diluted with diethyl ether, filtered through Celite, and thefiltrate was concentrated to a yellow oil. LC/MS analysis showed onepeak with the correct mass, and due to the limited stability of thematerial, it was carried through without further purification. FIA MS164 (M+1).

Example 1 4-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidine-5-carboxylicacid benzyl-isopropyl-amide (Compound No. 326)

Step i. 3-Dimethylamino-2-(2-fluoro-benzoyl)-acrylic acid ethyl ester

A mixture of ethyl 3-(2-fluorophenyl)-3-oxopropanoate (14.29 g, 68.0mmol) and DMF-DMA (12.15 g, 0.102 mol, 1.5 eq.) in toluene (50 mL) wasrefluxed for 2 hours and concentrated to give3-dimethylamino-2-(2-fluoro-benzoyl)-acrylic acid ethyl ester as a redoil in quantitative yield.

Step ii: 4-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-2-methylsulfanyl-pyrimidine-5-carboxylicacid ethyl ester

3-Dimethylamino-2-(2-fluoro-benzoyl)-acrylic acid ethyl ester wasdissolved in DMF (100 mL). To the solution was added isothiourea sulfate(18.92 g, 68.0 mmol) and NaOAc (23.24 g, 0.28 mol). The reaction mixturewas heated at 80-90° C. overnight. Water was added to the cooledsolution. The product was extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combinedorganic layers were washed with a saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ solution andwater, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated. The crude product waspurified by column chromatography OL silica, EtOAc) to give4-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-2-methylsulfanyl-pyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid ethylester as a yellow oil (11.86 g, 40.6 mmol, 60% over 2 steps).

Step iii: 4-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-2-methanesulfinyl-pyrimidine-5-carboxylicacid ethyl ester

A Na₂SO₄-dried solution of m-CPBA (10.64 g, ca. 45 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (100mL) was added drop wise to a cold (−65° C.) solution of4-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-2-methylsulfanyl-pyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid ethylester in CH₂Cl₂ (200 mL) keeping the temperature below −65° C. Theyellow suspension was allowed to warm to 0° C. over 1 hour. After 3hours at 0° C., a saturated aqueous NaHCO₃ solution (100 mL) was addedto quench the reaction. The organic layer was separated, washed withsaturated aqueous NaCl solution, dried over Na₂SO₄, and concentrated.The product was taken up in CH₂Cl₂ and washed again with a saturatedaqueous NaHCO₃ solution to remove traces of m-C(P)BA giving4-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-2-methanesulfinyl-pyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid ethylester (12.86 g, >100%).

Step iv: 4-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidine-5-carboxylicacid ethyl ester

Morpholine (7.0 mL, 6.9 g, 80 mmol) was added to a solution of4-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-2-methanesulfinyl-pyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid ethylester in THF (80 mL). The resulting mixture was heated at reflux for 3hours. Concentration of the solution afforded the product as a yellowoil. Traces of morpholine were removed at oil pump vacuum in a Kugelrohrapparatus to yield4-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid ethylester (16.00 g, >100%).

Step v: 4-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidine-5-carboxylicacid

4-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid ethylester was dissolved in a mixture of methanol (150 mL) and a 33% aqueousNaOH solution (150 mL). The mixture was heated at reflux for 3 hours,and allowed to cool to room temperature overnight. The solution wasconcentrated to ca. half the volume under reduced pressure. Theresulting suspension was adjusted to pH 7 with a 1-5N aqueous HClsolution. The formed precipitate was filtered off, washed with water(3×), and air-dried at 45° C. overnight to give4-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid as atan solid (9.051 g, 29.8 mmol, 74% over 3 steps).

Step vi: 4-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidine-5-carboxylicacid benzyl-isopropyl-amide

To an ice-cooled solution of4-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid (4.321g, 14.25 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (100 mL) and DMF (2 drops) was added oxalylchloride (1.5 mL, 2.21 g, 17.5 mmol) dropwise. Most solids dissolved atfirst, later a precipitate formed. The suspension was stirred for 1 hourat 0° C., and then allowed to warm to room temperature (all solidsdissolved). The solution was concentrated to a dark oil, whichcrystallized upon standing. The crude acid chloride was taken up intoluene (50 mL, distilled, dried over Na₂SO₄) and cooled in ice.N-Isopropylbenzylamine (9.5 mL, 8.5 g, 56.8 mmol) was added. Theresulting suspension was stirred at room temperature for 90 minutes,washed with water and a saturated aqueous NaCl solution, dried overNa₂SO₄, and concentrated. The crude product was purified by columnchromatography (400 mL silica, EtOAc/heptanes 1:1). All fractionscontaining the product were combined and concentrated. Some of theexcess amine eluted with the product. A solution of the mixture inCH₂Cl₂ (50 mL) was washed with a 10% aqueous citric acid solution (2×25mL), water (25 mL), and saturated aqueous NaCl solution (25 mL), driedover Na₂SO₄, and concentrated to give pure4-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidine-5-carboxylic acidbenzyl-isopropyl-amide as a yellowish foam (5.685 g, 13.08 mmol, 92%).

Step vii: 4-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidine-5-carboxylicacid benzyl-isopropyl-amide HCl salt

To a solution of4-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidine-5-carboxylic acidbenzyl-isopropyl-amide in Et₂O (20 mL) was added 1N HCl in Et₂O (15 mL,15 mmol). The resulting slurry was stirred vigorously for 1 hour. Thesolids were filtered off, washed with Et₂O (2×20 mL), and dried in vacuo(0.01 mbar) overnight to yield4-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidine-5-carboxylic acidbenzyl-isopropyl-amide HCl salt (5.70 g, 12.10 mmol, 93%).

Example 2N-benzyl-N-cyclobutyl-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-morpholinopyrimidine-5-carboxamide(Compound No. 86)

A solution of 2M oxalyl chloride in CH₂Cl₂ (0.062 mL, 0.125 mmol) wasadded to a stirred solution of4-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-morpholinopyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid (Example 1;0.03 g, 0.1 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂(2 mL) and DMF (0.030 mL) at roomtemperature, and stirring continued for 15 min. A solution ofN-benzylcyclobutanamine (0.016 g, 0.1 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂(1 mL) anddiisopropylethylamine (0.044 mL, 0.25 mmol) were added and stirred for 3h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue waspurified by Biotage SP1 on packed silica gel column (10%-80%EtOAc/Hexanes gradient) to giveN-benzyl-N-cyclobutyl-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-morpholinopyrimidine-5-carboxamide(0.032 g, 72%). Mass Spec. FIA MS 447 (M+1), ¹H NMR (DMSO-d6, 500 MHz) δ8.43 (brs, 1H), 7.52-7.55 (m, 2H), 6.99-7.31 (m, 7H), 4.62 (brm, 2H),3.78 (brm, 4H0, 3.68 (brm, 4H), 2.15 (brm, 2H), 1.85 (brm, 2H), 1.17(brm, 2H).

Example 3

Following the procedures of Examples 1 and 2 making non-criticalvariations and using amines HNR₁R₂ prepared by the procedure ofpreparation 1 the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE 2 Exemplary compounds using amines prepared by the procedure ofpreparation 1. Compound No. 5 12 38 65 111 129 133 144 149 155 156 157188 208 215 228 242 268 292 328 339 342

Example 4

Following the procedures of Examples 1 and 2 making non-criticalvariations and using amines HNR₁R₂ prepared by the procedure ofpreparation 2 the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE 3 Exemplary compounds using amines prepared by the procedure ofpreparation 2. Compound No. 4 8 14 19 20 29 41 47 53 62 63 74 91 94 95101 102 116 119 127 128 131 135 142 152 153 159 161 162 170 172 177 190196 200 210 212 213 219 222 224 230 244 247 249 252 256 258 263 265 267294 297 300 320 322 325 327

Example 5

Following the procedures of Examples 1 and 2 making non-criticalvariations commonly known in the art and using amines HNR₁R₂ prepared bythe procedure of preparation 3, Compound No. 31 was prepared.

Example 6

Additional compounds prepared following the above general proceduresinclude those in Table 4.

TABLE 4 Exemplary compounds prepared using general procedures ofExamples 1-5. Compound No. 6 7 11 13 23 25 34 36 45 46 57 59 64 75 76 8085 85 103 107 112 115 117 120 122 137 158 174 187 192 194 195 203 207260 266 275 277 287 295 296 304 306 310 314 316 326 331 340 346

Example 74-(2-fluorophenyl)-N-isopropyl-N-(3-methoxybenzyl)-2-(piperidin-1-yl)pyrimidine-5-carboxamide(Compound No. 20)

Steps i and ii:N-(3-Methoxybenzyl)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-N-isopropyl-2(methylthio)pyrimidine-5-carboxamide

A mixture of ethyl4-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine-5-carboxylate (3.3 g, 10.96mmol), solid NaOH (3.2 g) in ethanol (30 mL) and water (6 mL) wasrefluxed for 1 h. and cooled to room temperature. The solvent wasremoved under reduced pressure, and the residue was acidified with 6NHCl. The product was extracted with EtOAC (3×50 mL), and the organicextracts were dried and concentrated to give crude acids (1.6 g). Asolution of 2 M oxalyl chloride in CH₂Cl₂ (3.00 mL, 6 mmol) was added toa stirred solution of the crude acids (1.6 g) in CH₂Cl₂ (25 mL) and DMF(1 mL) at room temperature, and stirring continued for 15 min. Asolution of N-(3-methoxybenzyl)propan-2-amine, (1.07 g, 6.00 mmol) inCH₂Cl₂(2 mL) and diisopropylethylamine (2 mL, 12 mmol) was added andstirred for 1 hr. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and theresidue was purified by Biotage SP1 on packed silica gel column (10%-80%EtOAc/Hexanes gradient) to giveN-(3-methoxybenzyl)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-N-isopropyl-2(methylthio)pyrimidine-5-carboxamide(0.6 g, 13%). Mass Spec. FIA MS 426 (M+1).

Step iii:N-(3-Methoxybenzyl)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-N-isopropyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidine-5-carboxamide

70% of MCPBA (0.688 g, 2.80 mmol) was added to a stirred solution ofN-(3-methoxybenzyl)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-N-isopropyl-2(methylthio)pyrimidine-5-carboxamide(0.60 g, 1.41 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂(10 mL), and the mixture was stirred atroom temperature for 2 h. The solution was washed with saturated NaHCO₃,dried and concentrated. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure,and the residue was purified by Biotage SP1 on packed silica gel column(5%-40% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂ gradient) to giveN-(3-methoxybenzyl)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-N-isopropyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidine-5-carboxamide(0.32 g, 49%). Mass Spec. FIA MS 463 (M+1).

Step iv:N-(3-Methoxybenzyl)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-N-isopropyl-2-(piperidin-1-yl)pyrimidine-5-carboxamide(Compound No. 20).

Piperidine (0.0054 g, 0.064 mmol) was added to a stirred solution ofN-(3-methoxybenzyl)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-N-isopropyl-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidine-5-carboxamide(0.015 g, 0.032 mmol) in THF (1 mL) and the mixture was heated at 80° C.for 1 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the productwas purified by preparative HPLC (5-80% CH₃CN/0.05% TFA gradient over 15min) to giveN-(3-methoxybenzyl)-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-N-isopropyl-2-(piperidin-1-yl)pyrimidine-5-carboxamideCompound No. 20 (0.012 g, 81%).

Example 8

Following the procedures of Example 7, and making non-criticalvariations, the following compounds in Table 5 were prepared.

TABLE 5 Exemplary compounds prepared by procedures of Example 7.Compound No. 2 3 9 17 21 24 35 44 50 67 69 84 89 92 113 114 134 139 151164 165 189 204 218 226 229 235 238 246 250 255 270 274 279 284 288 308311 312 313 321 323 332 335 336 351

Example 9N-benzyl-4-(2-fluorophenyl)-N-isopropyl-6-methyl-2-morpholinopyrimidine-5-carboxamide(Compound No. 338).

Step i: Ethyl4-(2-fluorophenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-methyl-2-oxopyrimidine-5-carboxylate

A mixture of 2-fluorobenzaldehyde (5 g, 40.28 mmol), urea (3.8 g, 61mmol), ethylacetoaceate (5.24 g, 40.28 mmol), CuCl (0.4 g, 4 mmol),BF₃.OEt₂ (7 mL, 53 mmol), and glacial acetic acid (0.24 g, 4 mmol) inTHF (80 mL) was refluxed for 18 h and then cooled to room temperature.The mixture was quenched with saturated NaHCO₃ (50 mL), and EtOAc (100mL) was added. The layers were separated and the organic layer with awhite suspension was evaporated to give a white solid. The solid wassuspended in toluene (100 mL) and stirred for 2 days at roomtemperature. The solid was filtered, washed with ether, and dried togive ethyl4-(2-fluorophenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-methyl-2-oxopyrimidine-5-carboxylate(9.9 g, 88%). Mass Spec. FIA MS 279 (M+1).

Step ii: Ethyl4-(2-fluorophenyl)-1,2-dihydro-6-methyl-2-oxopyrimidine-5-carboxylate

Ethyl4-(2-fluorophenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-6-methyl-2-oxopyrimidine-5-carboxylate(2.00 g, 7.2 mmol) was added in small portions to a stirred solution ofa 60% nitric acid solution (12 mL) at 0° C. over 5 min. The resultingsolution was warmed to room temperature (30 min) and then poured intoice and basified slowly with 6N NaOH. The product was extracted withCHCl₃ (3×50 mL), dried, and concentrated. The residue was purified byBiotage SP1 on packed silica gel column (7%-20% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂ gradient) togive ethyl4-(2-fluorophenyl)-1,2-dihydro-6-methyl-2-oxopyrimidine-5-carboxylate asa green foam (1.5 g, 76%). Mass Spec. LCMS 277 (M+1).

Step iii:4-(2-Fluorophenyl)-6-methyl-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidine-5-carboxylicacid ethyl ester

Morpholine (0.5 mL) was added to a stirred solution of ethyl4-(2-fluorophenyl)-1,2-dihydro-6-methyl-2-oxopyrimidine-5-carboxylate(0.75 g, 2.72 mmol), PyBroP (1.4 g, 3 mmol), and triethylamine (1 mL) in1,4-dioxane (20 mL) at room temperature. The solution was stirred atroom temperature for 3 h and diluted with EtOAc. The solution was washedwith saturated NH₄Cl and saturated aqueous NaCl solution, and dried. Thesolvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purifiedby Biotage SP1 on packed silica gel column (5%-80% EtOAC/hexanesgradient) to give4-(2-fluorophenyl)-6-methyl-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidine-5-carboxylicacid ethyl ester as an oil (0.937 g, 64%). Mass Spec. LCMS 346 (M+1).

Step iv:4-(2-Fluorophenyl)-6-methyl-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidine-5-carboxylicacid

A mixture of4-(2-fluorophenyl)-6-methyl-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidine-5-carboxylicacid ethyl ester (0.6 g, 10.96 mmol), and solid NaOH (2 g, 50 mmol) inethanol (5 mL) and water (1 mL) was refluxed for 1 h, then cooled toroom temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, andthe residue was acidified with a 6N HCl solution. Then, the product wasextracted with EtOAC (3×25 mL) and the organic extracts were dried andconcentrated to give4-(2-fluorophenyl)-6-methyl-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidine-5-carboxylicacid (0.43 g, 78%) as white solid. Mass Spec. LCMS 318 (M+1).

Step v:4-(2-Fluorophenyl)-6-methyl-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidine-5-carboxylicacid benzyl-isopropyl-amide (Compound No. 338)

A solution of 2 M oxalyl chloride in CH₂Cl₂ (0.070 mL, 0.14 mmol) wasadded to a stirred solution of4-(2-fluorophenyl)-6-methyl-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidine-5-carboxylicacid (0.03 g, 0.09 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (2 mL) and DMF (0.030 mL) at roomtemperature, and stirring continued for 15 min. A solution ofN-benzylisopropylamine (0.013 g, 0.1 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂(1 mL) anddiisopropylethylamine (0.044 mL, 0.25 mmol) were added and stirred for24 hr. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residuewas purified by Biotage SP1 on packed silica gel column (10%-80%EtOAc/Hexanes gradient) to give4-(2-fluorophenyl)-6-methyl-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidine-5-carboxylicacid benzyl-isopropyl-amide (0.016 g, 40%). Mass Spec. LCMS 449(M+1).

Following the procedures of Example 9, and making non-criticalvariations, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE 6 Exemplary compounds prepared by the procedures of Example 9.Compound No. 49 83 173 186 245 251 253 259

Example 10N-benzyl-4-(2-chlorophenyl)-N-isopropyl-2-morpholinopyrimidine-5-carboxamide(Compound No. 194)

Step i. Ethyl 2,4-dichloropyrimidine-5-carboxylate

Under an N₂ atmosphere, a mixture of 5-carbethoxyuracil (1.0 g, 5.4mmol) and POCl₃ (10 mL) was heated at reflux for 30 minutes. Thesolution was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove the excess ofPOCl₃, and the residue was poured into ice (20 g). CH₂Cl₂ (100 mL) wasadded, and the mixture was basified to pH 9 using saturated aqueousNaHCO₃ solution. The organic portion was dried over MgSO₄ andconcentrated to obtain ethyl 2,4-dichloropyrimidine-5-carboxylate as ayellow oil (900 mg, 75%).

Step ii. Ethyl 2-chloro-4-(2-chlorophenyl)pyrimidine-5-carboxylate

In a microwave tube was added 1 eq. of ethyl2,4-dichloropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (200 mg, 0.91 mmol), 0.5 eq. of3-chlorophenyl boronic acid (67 mg), 0.1 eq. of Pd₂(dba)₃ (83 mg), 3 eq.of K₃PO₄ in 4 mL of Dioxane. To this solution was added 1 eq. oftri-(t-butyl) phospine. The reaction was heated in the microwave to 160°C./300 W/for 1200 sec. The crude product was purified by prep HPLC.ES+=296.8.

Step iii. Ethyl 4-(2-cyanophenyl)-2-morpholinopyrimidine-5-carboxylate

A flask containing ethyl2-chloro-4-(2-chlorophenyl)pyrimidine-5-carboxylate (50 mg) in 1 mLmorpholine was heated to 100° C. for 12 h. The crude mixture waspurified by prep HPLC. The ester was then hydrolyzed with NaOH inethanol at reflux for 5 hrs. ES+=319.9, ES−=318.0.

Step iv.N-Benzyl-4-(2-chlorophenyl)-N-isopropyl-2-morpholinopyrimidine-5-carboxamide

In a microwave tube was added 1 eq. of 4-(2-chlorophenyl)-2-morpholinopyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid (80 mg), 1.1 eq. of isopropyl benzylamine(43 mL), 2.5 eq. of triethylamine (80 mL) and 1.2 eq. of BtSO₂Me in 4 mLof dioxane. The reaction mixture was heated to 160° C./300 W for 1200sec. The crude product was purified by prep HPLC. ES+=451.0. NMRconfirmed the structure.

Example 11

Following the procedures of Example 11, and making non-criticalvariations known in the art, the following compounds were prepared.

TABLE 7 Exemplary compounds prepared by the procedures of Example 11.Compound No. 16 17 46 89 121 123 139 168

A person skilled in the chemical arts can use the examples and schemesalong with known synthetic methodologies to synthesize compounds of thepresent invention, including the compounds in Table 8 below.

TABLE 8 Physical data for exemplary compounds. Compound LC/MS LC/RT No.M + 1 min NMR 1 449.4 4 DMSO-d6: 8.49 (s, 1H), 7.59 (m, 1H), 7.52 (m,1H), 7.35-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.11 (brm, 3H), 6.77 (brs, 2H), 3.78 (brm, 7H),1.63 (brm, 2H), 1.53 (brm, 4H), 0.83 (brm, 6H) 2 505 4.1 DMSO-d6: 8.55(s, 1H), 7.44 (m, 2H), 7.27 (d, 2H), 7.15 (m, 2H), 7.00 (d, 2H), 4.46(brs, 2H), 4.12 (m, 4H), 2.64 (m, 4H), 1.95 (brm, 1H), 0.49 (brm, 4H). 3491.5 4.5 DMSO-d6: 8.42 (s, 1H), 7.49 (br s, 2H), 7.41 (m, 1H), 7.28 (m,1H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 7.12 (m, 1H), 6.74 (s, 1H), 6.38 (br s, 1H), 4.68 (brs, 1H), 3.67 (br s, 4H), 1.59 (br s, 2H), 1.43 (br s, 4H), 1.16 (s, 9H),0.92 (br s, 6H). 4 490.3 4 DMSO-d6: 8.44 (s, 1H), 7.52 (m, 2H), 7.27 (m,2H), 7.08 (m, 1H), 6.74 (m, 2H), 6.50 (m, 1H), 3.43-4.40 (m, 8H), 1.64(m, 2H), 1.13 (m, 1H), 0.88 (m, 9H), 0.44 (m, 2H), 0.30 (m, 2H), 5 4513.09 DMSO-d6: 8.51 (s, 1H), 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.30 (m, 2H), 6.94 (m, 1H),6.34-6.62 (m, 3H), 4.30 (brs, 2H), 3.63-4.10 (m, 9H), 0.82 (brm, 6H). 6534.3 3.7 DMSO-d6: 8.47 (s, 1H), 7.52 (m, 2H), 7.26 (m, 2H), 7.07 (m,1H), 6.74 (m, 2H), 6.49 (m, 1H), 4.57 (m, 2H), 4.30 (m, 2H), 4.08 (q,2H), 3.95 (m, 1H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.13 (m, 2H), 2.63 (m, 1H), 1.92 (m,2H), 1.55 (2H), 1.18 (t, 3H), 0.92 (m, 6H) 7 489.5 3.8 DMSO-d6: 8.49 (s,1H), 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.30 (m, 2H), 6.50-6.80 (brm, 3H), 4.49 (t, 2H), 4.35(brs, 2H), 3.78 (t, 4H), 3.09 (t, 2H), 1.95 (brm, 1H), 1.63 (m, 2H),1.53 (m, 4H), 0.49 (4H) 8 491.4 4.1 DMSO-d6: 8.41 (s, 1H), 7.53 (d, 1H,J = 8 Hz), 7.49 (t, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 7.43 (t, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 7.34 (d, 1H,J = 8 Hz), 7.14 (t, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 6.81 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 6.32 (d, 1H,J = 7 Hz), 6.17 (s, 1H), 4.53 (br s, 1H), 3.69 (m, 4H), 3.63 (s, 3H),1.62 (m, 4H), 1.46 (m, 4H), 1.39 (m, 4H), 1.22 (m, 2H). 9 465.2 3.4DMSO-d6: 7.15-7.50 (m, 4H), 6.97 (t, 2H), 6.86 (m, 2H), 4.85 (d, 1H),3.99 (d, 1H), 3.72 (m, 4H), 3.65 (m, 4H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H),1.85 (m, 1H), 0.20-0.50 (m, 4H), 10 460.2 3.5 DMSO-d6: 7.15-7.47 (m,4H), 7.01 (m, 2H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 6.54 (d, 1H) 4.79 (d, 1H), 4.02 (d,1H), 3.73 (m, 4H), 3.65 (m, 4H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 1.90 (m,1H), 0.20-0.46 (m, 4H), 11 392.2 3 12 503.5 4.2 DMSO-d6: 8.25 (s, 1H),7.54 (m, 1H), 7.36 (m, 1H), 7.30 (m, 2H), 6.72 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 6.61(d, 2H, J = 6 Hz), 4.76 (m, 1H), 4.10 (m, 1H), 4.00 (m, 1H), 3.70 (s,3H), 3.21 (m, 2H), 1.85 (m, 1H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.65 (m, 3H),1.15-1.40 (m, 6H), 0.92 (s, 6H). 13 449.1 3.93 CD3OD: 7.45 (m, 2H),7.13-7.25 (m, 5H), 6.90 (d, 1H), 4.75 (d, 1H), 4.25 (d, 1H), 3.85 (m,4H), 3.73 (m, 4H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 3.0 (m, 1H), 1.05 (d, 3H), 0.61 (d, 3H)14 508.5 2.4 DMSO-d6: 8.83 (d, 2H), 8.56 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, 2H), 7.79 (d,1H), 7.69 (brs, 1H), 7.25-7.50 (m, 6H), 4.61 (brs, 2H), 3.80 (m, 4H),2.20 (brm, 1H), 1.64 (brm, 2H), 1.54 (brm, 4H), 0.54 (brm, 6H) 15 471.53.47 16 453.1 3.6 17 487.1 3 18 447 0.92 CD3OD: 8.73 (d, 2H), 8.71 (brs,1H), 7.79 (m, 2H) 7.58 (m, 1H), 7.52 (m, 1H), 7.28 (m, 1H), 7.19 (m,1H), 5.10 (brs, 2H), 4.85 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.65 (brm, 4H), 3.15 (brm, 2H),2.98 (s, 3H), 2.41 (brm, 1H), 0.67 (m, 2H), 0.61 (m, 2H) 19 371 2.91DMSO-d6: 1.33-1.46 (m, 6H), 1.70 (m, 2H), 3.66 (m, 4H), 3.77 (m, 4H),4.03 (m, 1H) 7.17 (m, 1H), 7.26 (t, 1H), 7.46 (m, 1H), 7.53 (m, 1H),7.90 (d, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H) 20 462.2 3.8 DMSO-d6: 8.48 (s, 1H), 7.52 (m,2H), 7.30 (m, 2H), 7.07 (m, 1H), 6.74 (m, 2H), 6.48 (m, 1H), 4.27 (m,2H), 3.90 (m, 1H), 3.79 (m, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H)), 1.50-165 (m, 6H), 0.91(m, 6H). 21 465.5 3.3 CD3OD: 7.53 (m, 2H), 7.41 (m, 1H), 7.23 (m, 3H),7.03 (m, 1H), 6.79 (m, 1H), 4.83 (m, 1H), 3.75 (m, 4H), 3.67 (s, 3H),3.65 (m, 4H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 0.98 (d, 6H, J = 7 Hz). 22 511.2 4 DMSO-d6:8.53 (s, 1H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.07-7.30 (m, 8H), 6.74 (m, 2H), 3.91-4.15(m, 5H), 2.91 (m, 2H), 0.91 (m, 6H) 23 434.5 2.2 CD3OD: 8.44 (s, 1H),7.58 (q, 1H, J = 8 Hz, 12 Hz), 7.37 (t, 1H, J = 7 Hz), 7.27 (t, 1H, J =7 Hz), 7.21 (q, 2H, J = 11 Hz, 20 Hz), 7.15 (t, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 6.59 (d,2H, J = 8 Hz), 4.87 (m, 1H), 3.52 (br s, 4H), 3.09 (br s, 4H), 2.92 (s,3H), 1.05 (d, 6H, J = 7 Hz). 24 491 3.9 DMSO-d6: 8.51 (s, 1H), 7.53 (m,1H), 7.55 (m, 1H)< 7.17-7.29 (m, 3H), 6.89 (m, 2H), 4.07 (m, 2H),3.60-3.96 (9H), 1.25 (s, 9H), 0.90 (brm, 6H) 25 435.4 3.3 CD3OD: 7.55(q, 1H, J = 7 Hz, 14 Hz), 7.18-7.46 (m, 6H), 7.13 (t, 2H, J = 7 Hz),4.87 (m, 1H), 3.70 (m, 4H), 3.64 (m, 4H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 0.96 (d, 6H, J =6 Hz). 26 447 3.68 DMSO-d6: 1.67 (brm, 2H), 1.70-2.10 (brm, 6H), 3.68(brm, 4H), 3.78 (brm, 4H), 4.27 (m, 1H), 4.62 (brs, 2H), 6.99 (brm, 2H),7.17-7.31 (m, 5H), 7.54 (m, 2H), 8.41 (s, 1H) 27 477.4 4 DMSO-d6: 8.39(s, 1H), 7.52 (d, 1H, J = 7 Hz), 7.50 (t, 1H, J = 7 Hz), 7.42 (t, 1H, J= 11 Hz), 7.31 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 7.19 (t, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 6.84 (d, 1H, J= 8 Hz), 6.34 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 6.20 (s, 1H), 4.57 (m, 1H), 3.70 (t,4H, J = 5 Hz), 3.68 (s, 3H), 1.92 (m, 2H), 1.66 (m, 2H), 1.59 (m, 2H),1.48 (m, 5H), 1.39 (m, 1H). 28 463 1.82 CD3OD: 8.41 (s, 1H), 7.65 (t,1H), 7.56 (m, 1H), 7.34 (m., 4H), 7.25 (t, 1H), 7.15 (d, 2H), 4.44 (s,2H), 3.88 (m, 4H), 3.73 (m, 4H), 3.65 (m, 2H), 3.07 (m, 2H), 2.83 (s,6H) 29 459.1 3.7 CD3OD: 8.38 (s, 1H), 7.51 (m, 2H), 7.18-7.30 (m, 5H),7.04 (m, 2H),, 4.15 (s, 2H), 3.97 (m, 1H), 3.79 (m, 1H), 2.29 (m, 2H),1.80 (m, 1H), 1.15-1.60 (8H), 1.01 (brm, 6H). 30 490.2 3.6 DMSO-d6: 8.44(s, 1H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 6.90-7.15 (m, 4H), 6.60 (d, 1H), 4.53 (m, 4H),4.22 (m, 4H), 3.15 (m, 2H), 2.65 (m, 4H), 1.80 (, 1H), 0.48 (m, 4H) 31505.2 4 DMSO-d6: 7.23-7.55 (m, 4H), 7.13 (d, 2H), 6.76 (d, 2H), 4.56 (d,1H), 4.16 (d, 1H), 3.63-3.73 (m, 8H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 1.25 (9H, m), 0.98(d, 3H), 0.53 (d, 3H) 32 503.5 4.3 CD3OD: 7.17-7.52 (m, 6H), 6.86 (d,1H), 6.81 (d, 1H), 4.68 (d, 1H), 4.23 (d, 1H), 3.81-3.87 (m, 5H), 2.39(s, 1H)1.71 (m, 2H), 1.60 (m, 4H), 1.29 (d, 9H), 1.03 (d, 3H), 0.63 (d,3H) 33 419.1 3.1 DMSO-d6: 8.58 (s, 1H), 8.45 (d, 1H), 7.57 (m, 1H), 7.49(m, 1H), 7.09-7.30 (m, 6H), 5.30 (m, 1H), 3.77 (m, 4H), 3.66 (m, 4H),2.86 (m, 1H), 2.78 (m, 1H), 2.35 (M, 1H), 1.76 (m, 1H) 34 503.5 4.2DMSO-d6: 8.3 (s, 1H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.05, (m, 1H), 6.77 (d, 1H, J = 8Hz), (m, 3H), 6.18 (m, 1H), 6.13 (br s, 1H), 4.76 (m, 1H), 4.08 (m, 3H),3.63 (s, 3H), 3.20 (br d, 2H), 1.69 (m, 1H), 1.5-1.63 (m, 4H), 1.24-1.45(M, 6H), 0.96 (br s, 6H). 35 491.5 3.5 DMSO-d6: 8.63 (s, 1H), 7.54 (m,1H), 7.31 (m, 1H), 7.26 (m, 2H), 7.15 (m, 1H), 6.82 (d, 1H, J = 7 Hz),6.34 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 6.25 (s, 1H), 4.56 (br s, 1H), 3.86 (m, 4H),3.79 (m, 2H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.32 (t, 2H, J = 11 Hz), 1.67 (m, 2H), 1.58(m, 2H), 1.46 (m, 4H), 1.29 (m, 2H). 36 477.4 3.8 DMSO-d6: 8.49 (s, 1H),7.49 (d, 1H), 7.44 (m, 1H), 7.31 (m, 2H), 6.84 (m, 2H), 6.76 (m, 2H),4.35 (brs, 2H), 3.78 (m, 4H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 1.95 (m, 1H), 1.63 (m, 2H),1.53 (m, 4H), 0.49 (m, 4H) 37 476.2 2.2 DMSO-d6 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.72 (d,1H), 7.31-7.49 (m, 8H), 7.19 (t, 1H), 7.02 (t, 1H), 5.33 (m, 1H), 3.79(t, 4H), 3.65 (t, 4H), 3.52 (m, 2H), 3.21 (m, 1H), 3.13 (m, 1H), 2.02(m, 1H), 1.88 (m, 1H) 38 553.2 4.2 DMSO-d6: 8.44 (s, 1H), 7.51 (m, 2H),7.07-7.30 (m, 8H),, 6.73 (m, 2H), 6.48 (m, 1H), 4.07-4.70 (m, 7H), 3.71(s, 3H), 2.87 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.82 (m, 3H), 1.16 (m, 2H), 0.91 (m, 6H) 39464 2.3 DMSO-d6 8.64 (s, 1H), 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.23 (m, 2H), 7.09 (m, 4H),6.99 (m, 2H), 4.67 (d, 2H), 4.50 (brm, 2H), 3.50 (m, 2H), 3.31 (m, 2H),3.10 (m, 2H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.00 (m, 1H), 0.48 (brm, 4H). 40 483 3.87CD3OD: 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.17 (brs, 1H), 7.90 (m, 1H), 7.82 (m, 1H), 7.52(m, 2H), 7.37 (m, m, 3H), 7.10 (brs, 1H), 6.80 (m, 2H), 5.09 (brs, 2H),3.85 (m, 4H), 3.73 (m, 4H), 1.80 (brs, 1H), 0.60 (brm, 4H) 41 475.5 4.3DMSO-d6: 8.34 (s, 1H), 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.25 (d, 3H, J = 5 Hz), 7.18 (d,1H, J = 6 Hz), 7.06 (br s, 1H), 6.71 (s, 1H), 6.37 (br s, 1H), 4.75 (brs, 1H), 3.66 (br s, 4H), 1.59 (br s, 2H), 1.43 (br s, 4H), 1.12 (s, 9H),0.98 (br s, 6H). 42 475.5 3.9 DMSO-d6: 8.34 (s, 1H), 7.54 (m, 1H), 7.34(m, 1H), 7.27 (m, 2H), 7.12 (t, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 6.79 (d, 1H, J = 6 Hz),6.34 (d, 1H, J = 7 Hz), 6.24 (s, 1H), 4.61 (m, 1H), 3.69 (m, 6H), 3.64(s, 3H), 1.17, (br s, 2H), 1.59 (m, 2H), 1.44 (d, 6H, J = 18 Hz), 1.29(m, 2H). 43 465.4 3.8 DMSO-d6: 8.33 (s, 1H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.49 (t, 1H,J = 7 Hz), 7.43 (t, 1H, J = 7 Hz), 7.35 (d, 1H, J = 7 Hz), 6.76 (m, 2H),6.62 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 4.72 (m, 1H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.66 (br s, 4H),1.59 (br s, 2H), 1.45 (br s, 4H), 0.86 (d, 6H, J = 6 Hz). 44 477.2 3.4DMSO-d6: 8.48 (s, 1H), 7.57 (m, 2H), 7.34 (m, 2H), 7.15 (m, 1H), 6.91(m, 3H), 4.45 (brs, 2H), 3.78 (m, 4H), 3.75 (s, 1H), 3.67 (m, 4H), 3.60(brm, 2H), 3.00 (brm, 2H), 1.30-1.80 (m, 4H) 45 434.2 2.8 CD3OD: 8.43(s, 1H), 7.53 (m, 2H), 7.03-7.30 (m, 7H), 7.05 (m, 2H), 4.50 (m, 2H),4.15 (d, 2H), 3.97 (m, 1H), 3.70 (m, 3H), 2.05 (m, 2H), 1.01 (brm, 6H).46 495.1 3.5 NMR 1H (DMSO-d6): 8.4 (s, 1H), 8.3 (s, 1H), 7.7 (m, 2H),7.4 (m, 2H), 7.0-7.3 (m, 10H), 3.8 (s, 4H), 3.7 (s, 4H), 3.1 (m, 2H),2.5 (m, 2H), 1.7 (m, 2H). 47 491 3.9 DMSO-d6: 8.51 (s, 1H), 7.10-7.60(m, 7H), 6.95 (d, 2H), 3.95-4.25 (6H), 3.35 (m, 1H), 2.65 (m, 4H),0.90-1.60 (m, 10H) 48 467 3.6 DMSO-d6: 8.56 (s, 1H), 7.47 (t, 2H), 7.19(m, 2H), 7.06-7.12 (d, 4H), 4.48 (brs, 2H), 4.12 (m, 4H), 2.63 (m, 4H),2.02 (brm, 1H), 0.49 (brm, 4H). 49 492.3 3.6 DMSO-d6: 6.75-7.50 (m, 9H),4.47 (d, 1H), 4.33 (d, 1H), 3.63-3.69 (m, 8H), 3.45 (m, 1H), 3.02 (s,3H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 1.05 (m, 2H), 0.50 (t, 3H) 50 502.5 3.1 DMSO-d6: 8.46(s, 1H), 7.53 (brm, 2H), 7.28 (brm, 2H)_, 6.84 (brm, 2H), 6.38 (brm,2H), 4.14 (brm, 9H), 3.18 (brm, 4H), 1.93 (brm, 4H), 1.64 (brm, 2H),1.53 (m, 4H), 0.88 (brm, 6H) 51 484.2 3.4 52 433.1 3.5 CDCl3: 8.27 (brs,1H), 7.29 (q, 1H), 7.11 (brs, 1H), 7.01 (t, 1H), 6.92 (m, 3H), 6.82 (d,2H), 6.64 (brs, 1H), 4.71 (brm, 2H), 3.70-3.90 (m, 8H), 2.33 (m, 1H),2.11 (m, 1H), 1.27 (m, 1H), 1.07 (d, 3H) 53 475 3.4 CD3OD: 88.45 (s,1H), 7.46 (m, 1H), 7.39 (m, 1H), 7.10 (m, 1H), 7.00 (m, 2H), 6.89 (m,1H), 6.60 (d, 1H), 4.53 (m, 4H), 3.87 (t, 4H)< 3.74 (t, 4H), 3.15 (t,2H), 1.84 (brm, 1H), 0.47-0.55 (brm, 4H) 54 498.5 4 DMSO-d6: 8.42 (s,1H), 7.66 (m, 1H), 7.60 (m, 1H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.29 (m, 2H), 7.23 (m,1H), 6.93 (m, 1H), 6.83 (br s, 1H), 4.74 (br s, 1H), 4.24 (m, 2H), 1.85(m, 1H), 1.54-1.69 (m, 5H), 1.45 (m, 1H), 1.33 (m, 4H), 1.24 (m, 3H),0.95 (dd, 6H, J = 6 Hz, 20 Hz). 55 479.4 3.9 DMSO-d6: 8.47 (m, 1H),7.35-7.56 (m, 4H), 7.00 (m, 1′H), 6.64-6.75 (m, 2H), 6.25 (m, 1H), 3.77(m, 7H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 1.63 (m, 2H), 1.64 (m, 2H), 1.53 (m, 4H), 0.84(brm, 6H) 56 463 3.3 DMSO-d6: 8.58 (s, 1H), 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.17 (m, 3H),6.79 (dd, 1H), 6.75 (m, 1H), 6.63 (t, 1H), 4.48 (brs, 2H), 3.78 (m, 4H),3.72 (s, 3H), 3.67 (m, 4H), 2.15 (brm, 1H), 0.50 (m, 4H) 57 502.2 3.3DMSO-d6: 8.44 (s, 1H), 7.55 (t, 1H), 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.37 (t, 2H),7.21-7.29 (m, 5H), 3.78 (t, 4H), 3.67 (t, 4H), 3.00-3.35 (brm, 8H), 2.19(m, 2H), 0.73 (t, 3H) 58 463.4 3.8 DMSO-d6: 8.48 (s, 1H), 7.95 (d, 1H, J= 8 Hz), 7.67 (m, 1H), 7.49 (m, 1H), 7.36 (m, 2H), 7.17 (m, 1H), 6.58(m, 1H), 6.28 (m, 1H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.57 (br s, 4H), 2.74 (m, 1H), 1.60(m, 2H), 1.49 (m, 4H), 0.85 (m, 1H), 0.65 (m, 1H), 0.51 (m, 1H), 0.36(m, 1H). 59 507.1 4.2 DMSO-d6: 8.50 (s, 1H), 7.53 (m, 1H), 7.45 (m, 1H),7.18-7.26 (m, 3H), 6.90 (m, 2H), 4.10 (m, 6H), 3.85 (m, 1H), 2.63 (m,4H), 1.25 (s, 9H), 0.91 (brm, 6H) 60 510 2.1 CD3OD: 8.67 (d, 2H), 8.52(s, 1H), 8.36 (d, 2H), 7.90 (m, 2H), 7.57 (t, 1H), 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.25(m, 1H), 7.10 (m, 1H), 6.80 (m, 1H), 4.73 (m, 1H), 3.88 (m, 4H), 3.74(m, 4H), 2.02 (m, 1H), 0.62 (m, 4H) 61 535.2 3.7 DMSO-d6: 8.41 (s, 1H),7.06-8.21 (m, 11 H), 6.73 (m, 2H), 6.40 (m, 1H), 5.01 (m, 2H), 4.35 (m,2H), 3.95 (m, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 0.91 (m, 6H) 62 467.4 3.6 DMF-d7: 8.42(s, 1H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.35 (br s, 1H), 7.28 (m, 2H), 7.10 (m, 1H), 6.79(d, 1H, J = 9 Hz), 6.29 (br s, 1H), 6.19 (br s, 1H), 4.78 (br s, 1H),4.00 (br s, 4H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 2.54 (br s, 4H), 0.96 (br s, 6H). 63454.2 3.6 64 475 3.88 DMSO-d6: 0.9-1.65 (brm, 10H), 1.51 (brm, 4H), 3.28(m, 1H), 3.68 (brm, 4H), 3.77 (brm, 4H), 4.03 (brm, 1H), 6.93 (brd, 2H),7.15 (brm, 3H), 7.29 (m, 2H), 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 8.52 (s, 1H)65 515.5 4.4 DMSO-d6: 8.28 (s, 1H), 7.52 (m, 1H), 7.36, (m, 1H), 7.26(m, 2H), 7.17 (t, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 6.77 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 6.80 (d, 1H, J= 8 Hz), 6.32 (d, 1H, J = 7 Hz), 6.26 (s, 1H), 4.66 (m, 1H), 4.08 (m,3H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.23 (m, 2H), 1.86 (m, 2H), 1.72 (m, 1H), 1.69 (m,4H), 1.43 (m, 4H), 1.34 (m, 6H). 66 435.5 3.2 DMSO-d6: 9.44 (s, 1H),8.28 (s, 1H), 7.54 (m, 1H), 7.37 (m, 1H), 7.26 (m, 2H), 6.98 (t, 1H, J =7 Hz), 6.61 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 6.16 (m, 2H), 4.70 (br s, 1H), 3.69 (brs, 4H), 1.58 (m, 2H), 1.47 (m, 4H), 0.95 (d, 6H, J = 6 Hz). 67 479.4 3.1DMSO-d6: 8.39 (s, 1H), 7.54 (m, 1H), 7.37 (m, 1H), 7.27 (m, 2H), 6.65(d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 6.25 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 6.02 (s, 1H), 4.73 (m, 1H),4.19 (s, 4H), 3.66 (br s, 4H), 3.61 (br s, 4H), 0.92 (d, 6H, J = 6 Hz).68 545.6 4.1 DMSO-d6: 8.30 (s, 1H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.30 (m, 1H), 7.26 (m,2H), 7.15 (m, 1H), 7.10 (m, 1H), 6.80 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 6.23 (s, 1H),4.70 (br s, 1H), 4.13 (m, 2H), 3.80 (m, 2H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.30 (m, 2H),1.85 (m, 1H), 1.69 (m, 2H), 1.50-1.63 (m, 4H), 1.22-1.44 (m, 11H). 69462.2 3.6 70 463.4 3.6 DMSO-d6: 8.34 (s, 1H), 7.54 (m, 1H), 7.36 (br s,1H), 7.28 (m, 2H), 6.71 (d, 1H, J = 6 Hz), 6.18 (m, 2H), 6.00 (s, 2H),4.73 (m, 1H), 3.69 (br s, 4H), 1.60 (br s, 2H), 1.47 (br s, 4H), 0.93(d, 6H, J = 6 Hz). 71 463.1 3.4 DMSO-d6: 8.46 (2 × s, 1H), 7.01-7.67 (m,8H), 5.74 &6.02 (2 × s, 1H), 4.16 (brs, 1H), 3.86-3.90 (m, 7H), 3.75 (m,4H), 3.44 (m, 1H), 2.44 (m, 1H), 72 436.2 2.6 73 484 2.94 74 465 3.48CDCl3: 8.37&8.18 (2 × s, 1H), 7.00-7.60 (m, 4H), 6.51-6.72 (m, 3H), 4.36(brs, 2H), 3.66-4.02 (m, 9H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 0.88 (brm, 6H) 75 446 3.17CD3OD: 8.37 (s, 1H), 7.00-7.70 (m, 9H),, 4.46 (brs, 2H), 3.86 (m, 4H),3.73 (m, 4H), 3.58 (m, 2H), 2.56 (t, 2H). 76 471.4 3.5 DMSO-d6: 8.35 (s,1H), 7.87 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 7.81 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 7.76 (d, 1H, J = 8Hz), 7.61 (m, 1H), 7.55 (t, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 7.49 (t, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 7.35(m, 3H), 7.23 (t, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 6.24 (d, 1H, J = 7 Hz), 4.82 (m, 1H),3.49 (s, 4H), 3.34 (s, 4H), 1.13 (d, 3H, J = 6 Hz), 0.77 (d, 3H, J = 6Hz). 77 473.5 3.6 DMSO-d6: 8.48 (m, 1H), 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.30 (m, 2H),6.89 (s, 1H), 6.79 (m, 1H), 6.61 (d, 1H), 4.51 (t, 2H), 4.40 (brs, 2H),3.80 (t, 2H), 3.12 (t, 2H), 1.95 (brm, 1H), 1.63 (m, 2H), 1.54 (m, 4H),0.47 (brm, 4H) 78 480.2 4 CD3OD: 8.48 (s, 1H), 7.53 (m, 2H), 7.00-7.45(m, 1H), 4.96 (brs, 4H), 4.10 (s, 2H), 3.97 (m, 1H), 2.94 (m, 2H), 1.02(brm, 6H) 79 343 2.4 DMSO-d6: 0.34 (m, 2H), 0.59 (m, 2H), 2.61 (m, 1H),3.65 (m, 4H), 3.78 (m, 4H), 7.19 (m, 1H), 7.29 (t, 1H), 7.48 (m, 1H),7.53 (m, 1H), 8.11 (d, 1H), 8.49 (s, 1H) 80 463 3.8 DMSO-d6: 8.40 (s,1H), 7.55 (m, 2H), 7.15-7.31 (m, 5H), 7.00 (m, 2H), 4.63 (brS, 2H), 4.27(m, 1H), 4.13 (m, 4H), 2.66 (m, 4H), 1.33-2.15 (brm, 6H) 81 495 4.06CD3OD: 8.50 (s, 1H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.05-7.25 (m, 9H), 4.10-4.25 (m, 8H),4.60 (m, 1H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 2.60-2.67 (m, 4H), 1.30-1.60 (m, 2H), 0.64(m, 3H) 82 435.4 3.9 DMSO-d6: 8.37 (s, 1H), 7.53 (m, 2H), 7.43 (t, 1H, J= 7 Hz), 7.33 (d, 1H, J = 7 Hz), 7.24 (s, 3H), 6.70 (br s, 2H), 4.65 (brs, 1H), 3.67 (br s, 4H), 1.58 (br s, 2H), 1.45 (br s, 4H), 0.88 (d, 6H,J = 6 Hz). 83 450.2 3.6 CD3OD: 8.41 (s, 1H), 7.57 (m, 2H), 7.22 (m, 5H),7.05 (m, 2H), 4.09 (m, 2H), 3.55-4.15 (m, 7H), 3.57 (s, 3H), 1.20 (t,2H), 1.01 (brm, 6H). 84 435.4 3.2 DMSO-d6: 8.60 (br s, 1H), 7.45 (m,2H), 7.18 (m, 2H), 6.94 (m, 2H), 6.69 (m, 2H), 4.61 (br s, 1H), 4.05 (m,2H), 3.67-3.92 (br m, 8H), 1.00 (br s, 3H). 85 517 3.8 DMSO-d6: 8.60 (s,1H), 7.62 (d, 2H), 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.30 (d, 2H), 7.20 (m, 2H), 4.59 (brs,2H), 4.12 (m, 4H), 2.64 (m, 4H), 2.15 (brm, 1H), 0.51 (brm, 4H). 86491.5 3.6 DMSO-d6: 8.40 (s, 1H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.37 (br s, 1H), 7.30 (d,2H, J = 6 Hz), 7.11 (m, 1H), 6.79 (d, 1H, J = 7 Hz), 6.32 (m, 1H), 6.21(br s, 1H), 4.37 (m, 1H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.58 (br d, 8H, J = 16 Hz), 1.67(m, 4H), 1.49 (d, 1H, J = 11 Hz), 1.24 (m, 2H), 0.97 (m, 2H), 0.86 (m,1H). 87 464.5 2.2 CD3OD: 8.47 (s, 1H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.39 (m, 1H), 7.27(m, 1H), 7.21 (m, 1H), 7.05 (m, 1H), 6.77 (m, 1H), 6.22 (m, 1H), 6.10(m, 1H), 4.85 (m, 1H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.50 (br s, 4H), 3.09 (br s, 4H),2.92 (s, 3H), 1.06 (d, 6H, J = 7 Hz). 88 421 3.52 CD3OD: 8.34 (s, 1H),7.54 (m, 1H), 7.10-7.40 (m, 6H), 6.60 (m, 2H), 4.90 (brm, 1H), 3.74 (m,4H), 3.67 (m, 4H), 1.06 (brm, 4H) 89 477.2 3.1 90 431.5 3.7 CD3OD:: 8.43(s, 1H), 7.49 (m, 1H), 7.39 (m, 1H), 7.00-7.30 (m, 7H), 4.59 (m, 2H),3.88 (m, 4H), 1.91 (m, 1H), 1.72 (m, 2H), 1.63 (m, 4H), 0.52 (m, 4H) 91445.2 3.3 DMSO-d6: 8.50 (s, 1H), 7.20-7.70 (m, 9H), 5.90&6.15 (2 × s,1H), 4.07 (brs, 1H), 3.68-3.80 (m, 11H), 2.35 (m, 2H) 92 487.5 4.4CD3OD: 8.38 (s, 1H), 7.05-7.70 (brm, 9H), 4.4 (m, 4H), 3.97 (m, 1H),3.40 (m, 2H), 1.35-1.95 (m, 12H), 1.02 (m, 6H) 93 419.4 3.7 DMSO-d6:8.91 (s, 1H), 8.39 (d, 1H, J = 2 Hz), 7.71 (m, 1H), 7.55 (m, 2H), 7.42(m, 1H), 7.33 (m, 3H), 7.21 (br s, 1H), 4.06 (m, 1H), 3.89 (m, 2H), 3.67(m, 2H), 1.59 (m, 4H), 1.45 (m, 2H), 0.94 (br s, 6H). 94 477.5 3.7DMSO-d6: 8.44 (s, 1H), 7.51 (m, 2H), 7.26 (m, 2H), 6.69 (m, 1H), 6.61(s, 1H), 6.50 (m, 1H), 5.96 (s, 2H), 4.59 (m, 2H), 3.79-4.00 (m, 7H),1.63 (m, 2H), 1.54 (m, 4H), 0.90 (m, 6H) 95 527.5 4.2 CD3OD: 8.39 (s,1H), 7.46 (m2H), 6.85-7.25 (m, 4H), 6.60 (d, 1H), 4.53 (t, 2H), 4.47 (m,4H), 3.40 (m, 2H), 3.15 (t, 2H), 1.97 (m, 1H), 1.30-1.85 (m12H), 0.50(m, 4H) 96 445.2 3.4 CD3OD: 8.48 (s, 1H), 7.51 (m, 2H), 6.99-7.35 (m,7H), 4.50 (m, 1H), 4.06 (s, 2H), 3.60-3.95 (m, 6H), 2.85 (t, 2H), 1.25(t, 3H), 1.02 (brm, 6H) 97 419.1 3.1 DMSO-d6: 8.54 (s, 1H), 8.39 (d,1H), 7.55 (m, 1H) 7.50 (m, 1H), 7.06-7.30 (m, 7H), 3.78 (t, 4H), 3.66(m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 1H), 1.88 (m, 1H), 1.13 (m, 2H), 98 451 3.7 DMSO-d6:8.52 (s, 1H), 6.95-7.65 (m, 9H), 4.00-4.25 (m, 6H), 3.90 (m, 1H), 2.5(m, 4H), 0.91 (brS, 6H) 99 484 2.64 CD3OD: 9.11 (s, 1H), 8.87 (m, 2H),8.56 (s, 1H), 8.25 (m, 2H), 8.16 (m, 1H), 7.98 (m, 1H), 7.47 (m, 1H),7.20 (m, 1H), 6.98 (m, 1H), 6.65 (m, 1H), 4.90 (brs, 2H), 3.88 (t, 4H),3.74 (t, 4H), 2.22 (brm, 1H), 0.72 (m, 2H), 0.64 (m, 2H) 100 433 3.41DMSO-d6: 0.48 (brs, 4H), 2.08 (brs, 1H), 3.67 (m, 1H), 3.77 (m, 4H),4.51 (brs, 2H), 7.06 (d, 2H), 7.21-7.26 (m, 5H), 7.48 (m, 2H), 8.58 (s,1H) 101 460.5 3.7 DMSO-d6: 8.50 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 7.54(d, 2H, J = 4 Hz), 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.29 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 7.04 (d, 1H, J= 8 Hz), 6.79 (br s, 1H), 4.63 (br s, 1H), 3.70 (br s, 4H), 1.59 (m,2H), 1.46 (m, 4H), 0.90 (d, 6H, J = 6 Hz). 102 454.2 2.17 103 481.2 3.6CD3OD: 8.45 (s, 1H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.25 (m, 3H), 7.09 (m, 1H), 6.73 (m,2H), 6.50 (m, 1H), 3.50-4.10 (m, 9H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.25 (brm, 3H), 1.23(brm, 3H), 0.91 (brm, 6H) 104 463.5 3.7 DMF-d7: 7.57 (m, 1H), 7.35 (m,1H), 7.26 (m, 2H), 7.05 (t, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 6.79 (m, 1H), 6.00 (br s,1H), 5.75 (br s, 1H), 4.75 (m, 1H), 3.83 (br s, 2H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.61(br s, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 1.56 (m, 2H), 1.42 (m, 4H), 0.87 (dd, 6H, J =7 Hz, 12 Hz). 105 473.5 4.3 CDCl3: 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.17 (m,5H), 6.65 (br s, 2H), 4.92 (m, 1H), 4.28 (br d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 4.20 (brd, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 3.31 (m, 2H), 1.98 (s, 1H), 1.87 (m, 1H), 1.74 (m,2H), 1.56 (m, 2H), 1.49 (m, 1H), 1.28 (m, 4H), 1.36 (m, 4H), 1.04 (br s,6H). 106 480.2 2.6 107 419 3.3 DMSO-d6: 8.50 (s, 1H), 6.95-7.60 (m, 8H),4.57 (brs, 1H), 4.42 (brs, 1H), 3.80 (m, 4H), 3.68 (m, 5H), 3.42 (brm,1H), 2.50-2.71 (brm, 2H) 108 449.4 3.7 DMSO-d6: 8.28 (s, 1H), 7.55 (m,1H), 7.37 (m, 1H), 7.30 (m, 2H), 6.74 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 6.63 (d, 2H, J= 8 Hz), 4.76 (m, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.67 (br s, 4H), 1.59 (m, 2H), 1.46(m, 4H), 0.91 (d, 6H, J = 6 Hz). 109 449 3.6 DMSO-d6: 8.56 (s, 1H), 7.48(t, 2H), 7.21-7.26 (m, 5H), 7.06 (d, 2H), 4.50 (brS, 2H), 4.12 (m, 4H),2.64 (m, 4H), 2.00 (m, 1H), 0.48 (m, 4H) 110 451 3.3 DMSO-d6: 8.61 (s,1H), 7.47 (m, 2H), 7.29 (m, 1H), 7.20 (m, 2H), 7.06 (m, 1H), 6.91 (t,2H), 4.51 (brs, 2H), 3.78 (m, 4H), 3.67 (m, 4H), 2.15 (brm, 1H), 0.51(m, 4H) 111 464.5 2.5 DMSO-d6: 8.40 (s, 1H), 7.54 (m, 1H), 7.38 (m, 1H),7.26 (m, 2H), 6.98 (m, 1H), 6.55 (d, 1H, J = 7 Hz), 6.04 (s, 2H), 4.73(br s, 1H), 3.64 (br s, 4H), 3.60 (br s, 4H), 2.78 (s, 6H), 0.97 (d, 6H,J = 6 Hz). 112 469.5 3.9 DMSO-d6: 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.86 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz),7.80 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 7.74 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 7.62 (m, 1H), 7.54 (t,1H, J = 7 Hz), 7.48 (t, 1H, J = 7 Hz), 7.33 (m, 3H), 7.21 (t, 1H, J = 7Hz), 6.24 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 4.80 (m, 1H), 3.46 (br s, 4H), 1.50 (m,2H), 1.32 (br s, 4H), 1.13 (d, 3H, J = 6 Hz), 0.77 (d, 3H, J = 6 Hz).113 479 3.63 CD3OD: 0.64 (t, 3H), 1.55 (m, 2H), 3.15 (s, 3H), 3.07-3.80(m, 7H), 3.87 (m, 4H), 4.20 (m, 2H), 7.06-7.53 (m, 9H), 8.48 (s, 1H) 114562.5 2.9 CD3OD: 8.86 (d, 2H), 8.44 (s, 1H), 8.37 (d, 2H), 7.89 (m, 2H),7.57 (t, 1H), 7.55 (m, 2H), 7.30 (m, 1H), 7.15 (m, 1H), 6.80 (m, 1H),4.70 (m, 2H),, 4.40 (m, 4H), 3.40 (m, 2H), 3.15 (t, 2H), 1.95 (m, 1H),1.30-1.85 (m12H), 0.63 (m, 2H), 0.56 (m, 2H) 115 505.5 4.2 DMSO-d6: 8.41(s, 1H), 7.52 (m, 2H), 7.44 (t, 1H, J = 7 Hz), 7.34 (d, 1H, J = 7 Hz),7.13 (m, 1H), 6.81 (d, 1H, J = 7 Hz), 6.31 (d, 1H, J = 7 Hz), 6.15 (s,1H), 4.38 (br s, 1H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.34 (br s, 4H), 1.55-1.63 (m, 5H),1.45 (br s, 5H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 0.84-0.93 (m, 3H). 116 461.4 3.8 DMSO-d6:8.31 (s, 1H), 7.52 (m, 1H), 7.39 (t, 1H, J = 7 Hz), 7.27 (m, 2H), 7.17,(t, 1H, J = 6 Hz), 6.82 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 6.36 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 6.28(s, 1H), 4.66 (m, 1H), 3.71 (t, 4H, J = 6 Hz), 3.67 (s, 3H), 1.98 (m,2H), 1.68 (m, 2H), 1.59 (m, 2H), 1.49 (m, 6H). 117 433.5 3.8 DMSO-d6:8.46 (s, 1H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.54 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.30 (m, 5H), 6.95 (m,2H), 3.70-4.10 (m, 7H), 1.64 (brm, 2H), 1.54 (brm, 6H), 0.9 (brm, 6H)118 487 3.91 CD3OD: 8.37 (s, 1H), 7.47-7.53 (m, 3H), 7.18-7.27 (m, 6H),7.04 (m, 2H), 6.96 (m, 2H), 4.12 (s, 2H), 3.95 (m, 1H), 3.68 (m, 2H),2.92 (m, 2H), 1.02 (m, 6H). 119 505.5 4.5 CD3OD:: 8.48 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d,1H), 7.50 (t, 1H), 7.49 (m, 1H), 7.39 (m, 1H), 7.00-7.30 (m, 7H), 7.35(m, 2H), 7.11 (m, 2H), 6.72 (m, 2H), 3.95 (m, 1H), 3.78 (m, 6H), 1.91(m, 1H), 1.63 (m, 2H), 1.53 (m, 4H), 1.24 (s, 9H), 0.83 (m, 4H) 120531.5 4.2 CD3OD: 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.24 (m, 1H), 7.15 (m, 1H),6.56-6.70 (m, 3H), 5.90 (s, 2H), 4.4 (m, 4H), 3.95 (m, 1H), 3.40 (m,2H), 1.35-1.95 (m, 12H), 1.02 (m, 6H) 121 497.1 3.4 NMR 1H (DMSO-d6):8.6 (s, 1H), 8.4 (s, 1H), 7.7 (m, 2H), 7.4 (m, 2H), 7.2 (m, 3H), 7.0 (m,2H), 6.9 (m, 5H), 4.0 (t, 2H), 3.8 (m, 4H), 3.7 (m, 4H), 3.5 (m, 2H).122 489.5 4.3 DMSO-d6: 8.45 (m, 1H), 7.60 (m, 1H), 7.54 (m, 1H), 7.54(m, 1H), 7.17-7.30 (m, 4H), 6.90 (m, 2H), 3.70-4.10 (m, 7H), 1.63 (brm,2H), 1.54 (brm, 6H), 0.91 (brm, 6H) 123 509 4.08 NMR 1H (CDCl3): “Showrotameres” 8.3 (s, 1H), 7.8 (d, 2H), 6.9-7.4 (m, 12H), 4.7 (m, 2H), 4.4(m, 1H), 3.7-4.0 (m, 8H), 1.0-1.1 (2 × s, 4H), 0.6 (s, 2H). 124 501 3.5DMSO-d6: 8.62 (s, 1H), 7.62 (m, 2H), 7.46 (brm, 2H), 7.30 (d, 2H), 7.20(m, 2H), 4.59 (brs, 2H), 3.78 (m, 4H),, 3.67 (m, 4H), 2.06 (brm, 1H),0.52 (brm, 4H) 125 444.5 3.6 DMSO-d6: 8.45 (s, 1H), 7.67 (d, 1H, J = 7Hz), 7.58 (m, 1H), 7.38 (m, 1H), 7.29 (m, 3H), 7.01 (m, 1H), 6.82 (br s,1H), 4.70 (br s, 1H), 3.70 (br s, 4H), 1.60 (m, 2H), 1.46 (m, 4H), 0.95(d, 6H, J = 6 Hz). 126 514 2.5 DMSO-d6 8.69 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, 2H), 7.48(m, 2H), 7.29 (d, 2H), 7.23 (m, 2H), 4.77 (d, 2H), 4.60 (brm, 2H), 3.53(m, 2H), 3.32 (m, 2H), 3.30 (m, 2H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.10 (m, 1H), 0.51(brm, 4H). 127 489.5 4 DMSO-d6: 8.34 (s, 1H), 7.54 (m, 1H), 7.36 (br s,1H), 7.28 (m, 2H), 7.10 (m, 1H), 6.79 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 6.31 (m, 1H),6.20 (s, 1H), 4.31 (br s, 1H), 3.68 (br s, 4H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 1.66 (m,2H), 1.59 (m, 2H), 1.46 (m, 6H), 1.24 (m, 2H), 0.97 (m, 2H), 0.85 (m,2H). 128 451 3.3 DMSO-d6: 8.57 (s, 1H), 7.47 (m, 2H), DMSO-d6: 7.21 (m,2H), 7.11 (m, 4H), 4.48 (brs, 2H), 3.77 (m, 4H),, 3.67 (m, 4H), 2.05(brm, 1H), 0.49 (brm, 4H) 129 446 2.2 DMSO-d6 0.5 (brm, 4H), 0.85 (brm,1H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 3.15-3.65 (brm, 6H), 4.60 (brm, 2H), 5.02 (brs, 2H),6.95-7.45 (m, 9H), 8.56 (s, 1H) 130 467 3.8 CD3OD: 8.51 (s, 1H), 7.58(m, 2H), 7.06-7.40 (m, 9H), 7.06 (m, 2H), 4.96 (brs, 4H), 4.15 (s, 2H),4.00 (m, 1H), 1.03 (brm, 6H) 131 481 3.94 CD3OD: 8.45 &8.00 (2 × s, 1H),7.11-7.65 (m, 5H), 6.52-6.80 (m, 3H), 3.95-4.25 (m, 7H), 3.75 (s, 3H),2.65 (m, 4H), 1.02 (brm, 6H). 132 457 3.22 133 449 3.94 CDCl3: 8.26 (s,1H), 7.41 (m, 2H), 7.17 (t, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 7.07 (m, 2H), 6.70 (d, 1H, J= 7 Hz), 6.29 (br s, 1H), 6.14 (br s, 1H), 5.90 (br m, 1H), 3.73 (br S,4H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 1.62 (br s, 2H), 0.85 (d, 6H, J = 7 Hz). 134 497.13.8 DMSO-d6: 8.56 (s, 1H), 7.20-7.60 (8H), 7.08 (m, 1H), 6.73 (m, 2H),6.50 (m, 1H), 4.92 (brm, 2H), 4.87 (brm, 2H), 4.11 (brs, 2H), 3.92m,1H), (s, 3H), 0.92 (brm, 6H) 135 505.1 3.7 CD3OD: 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d,1H), 7.87 (d, 1H), 7.79 (d, 1H), 7.49 (m, 5H), 7.43 (t, 1H), 7.18 (m,5H), 7.03 (m, 2H), 5.12 (s, 2H), 4.10 (s, 2H), 3.97 (m, 1H), 1.02 (brm,6H). 136 459.5 4 DMSO-d6: 8.43 (s, 1H), 7.57 (m, 1H), 7.47 (m, 1H), 7.30(t, 2H), 7.17 (m, 2H), 6.93 (m, 2H), 3.70-4.10 (m, 7H), 1.35-1.64 (brm,14H) 137 556.5 3.7 CD3OD: 8.37 (s, 1H), 6.70-7.60 (m, 9H), 4.40 (m, 4H),4.00 (m, 1H), 3.59 (m, 4H), 3.37 (m, 2H), 2.20 (m, 4H), 3.40 (m, 2H),1.20-2.10 (m, 12H), 1.05 (m, 6H) 138 434 1.93 CD3OD: 8.75 (m, 2H), 8.55(s, 1H), 8.39 (m, 1H), 8.00 (m, 1H), 7.54 (m, 1H), 7.46 (m, 1H), 7.19(m, 1H), 7.03 (m, 1H), 4.77 (brS, 2H), 3.89 (t, 4H), 3.75 (t, 4H), 2.21(brm, 1H), 0.68 (m, 2H), 0.59 (m, 2H) 139 453.1 3.6 140 464.5 3.7DMSO-d6: 8.49 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 7.56 (m, 1H), 7.50 (t,1H, J = 8 Hz), 7.27 (m, 5H), 4.76 (m, 1H), 3.69 (br s, 4H), 1.59 (m,2H), 1.45 (br s, 4H), 0.97 (d, 6H, J = 6 Hz). 141 483.5 4.4 142 463 3.2DMSO-d6: 8.54 (s, 1H), 7.48 (t, 2H), 7.20 (brm, 2H), 7.69 (d, 2H), 4.40(brs, 2H), 3.78 (m, 4H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.67 (m, 4H), 1.90 (brm, 1H),0.47 (brm, 4H) 143 475.2 3.7 DMSO-d6: 7.60 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.40 (m, 3H),7.08 (m, 3H), 6.43 (d, 2H), 4.74 (d, 1H), 4.10 (d, 1H), 3.94 (m, 1H),3.72 (m, 4H), 3.66 (m, 4H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 1.00-1.60 (m, 8H) 144 479 2.94CD3OD: 8.45 (s, 1H), 7.65& 6.90 (2 × t, 1H), 7.49 (m, 1H), 7.26 (m, 1H),7.10 (m, 1H), 6.61 (d, 1H), 6.72&6.45 (2 × s, 1H), 4.58 (brs, 1H), 4.28(brs, 1H), 3.90 (m, 4H), 3.74-3.78 (m, 11H), 3.449brS, 1H), 2.67 (t,1H), 2.45 (brs, 1H) 145 447.1 3.89 CD3OD: 7.35-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.01-7.25(m, 5H), 6.94 (d, 1H), 5.00 (d, 1H), 4.05 (d, 1H), 3.84 (m, 4H), 3.72(m, 4H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 1.90 (m, 1H), 0.45 (m, 3H), 0.30 (m, 1H) 146493.4 3.9 DMSO-d6: 8.47 (s, 1H), 7.34-7.55 (m, 4H), 6.62 (m, 1H), 6.46(m, 1H), 6.29 (s, 1H), 5.95 (s, 2H), 3.77 (m, 7H), 1.63 (m, 2H), 1.53(m, 4H), 0.83 (m, 6H) 147 488 2.5 DMSO-d6 7.53 (s, 1H), 6.45-6.60 (m,2H), 6.16-6.30 (m, 5H), 6.03 (m, 2H), 3.75-4.10 (m, 4H), 3.14 (m, 1H),2.10-2.65 (m, 6H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 0.35-0.70 (m, 10 H) 148 474 2.4 DMSO-d68.53 (s, 1H), 7.54-7.58 (m, 2H), 7.18-7.30 (m, 5H), 6.98-7.04 (m, 2H),4.90-5.10 (m, 2H), 4.05-4.40 (m, 3H), 3.05-3.70 (m, 6H), 2.95 (s, 3H),1.30-1.70 (m, 8H) 149 429.4 3.8 150 419.4 3.2 CD3OD: 8.65 (br s, 1H),6.82-7.60 (br m, 8H), 4.81 (m, 1H), 3.92 (t, 4H), 3.77 (t, 4H), 2.61 (brs, 1H), 2.34 (br s, 1H), 1.17 (br s, 3H). 151 531.5 4 DMSO-d6: 8.30 (s,1H), 7.53 (m, 1H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.27 (m, 2H), 6.63 (m, 1H), 6.21 (m,1H), 6.00 (br s, 1H), 4.72 (m, 1H), 4.18 (s, 4H), 3.25 (m, 2H), 2.07 (s,1H), 1.85 (m, 1H), 1.67 (m, 2H), 1.60 (m, 3H), 1.56 (m, 1H), 1.45 (m,3H), 1.24 (m, 3H), 0.92 (br s, 6H). 152 462.5 3 DMSO-d6: 8.35 (s, 1H),7.49 (m, 1H), 7.36 (s, 1H), 7.27 (m, 2H), 6.98 (m, 1H), 6.55 (d, 1H, J =7 Hz), 6.03 (s, 2H), 4.71 (m, 1H), 3.84 (m, 2H), 3.67 (m, 2H), 2.77 (s,6H), 1.58 (m, 2H), 1.46 (m, 2H), 0.97 (br s, 6H). 153 422.2 2.6 154529.5 4.5 DMSO-d6: 8.31 (s, 1H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.34 (m, 1H), 7.28 (m,1H), 7.10 (m, 1H), 6.78 (m, 1H), 6.22 (br d, 2H), 4.61 (br s, 1H), 4.14(br s, 4H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.25 (br d, 2H), 1.69 (m, 1H), 1.4-1.8 (m,6H), 1.3-1.35 (br m, 6H), 1.24 (br s, 8H). 155 445.4 4 156 445.1 3.9DMSO-d6: 8.43 (s, 1H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.15-7.26 (m, 5H), 7.06 (m, 2H),5.88 (m, 2H), 5.14 (m, 4H), 4.08-4.40 (m, 5H), 3.98 (m, 1H), 1.03 (m,6H) 157 477 3.9 DMSO-d6: 8.48 (s, 1H), 7.56 (m, 2H), 7.17-7.33 (m, 5H),6.94 (m, 2H), 4.11 (brS, 7H), 2.65 (m, 4H), 1.30-1.5 (brm, 8H) 158 447.53.6 159 461 3.78 DMSO-d6: 1.35 (brm, 4H), 1.51 (brm, 4H), 3.67 (brm,4H), 3.76 (brm, 4H), 4.03 (brm, 1H), 6.91 (brm, 2H), 7.16 (brm, 3H),7.31 (m, 2H), 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.57 (m, 1H), 8.49 (s, 1H) 160 451.4 3.2CD3OD: 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.53 (m 1H), 7.36 (m, 1H), 7.25 (m, 1H), 7.19 (m,1H), 7.07 (m, 1H), 6.78 (m, 1H), 6.24 (m, 1H), 6.10 (m, 1H), 4.81 (m,1H), 3.76 (m, 4H), 3.68 (m, 7H), 1.07 (br m, 6H). 161 489 3.9 DMSO-d6:8.56 (s, 1H), 7.45 (m, 2H), DMSO-d6: 7.27 (d, 2H), 7.10 (brm, 2H), 7.00(d, 2H), 4.46 (brs, 2H), 3.77 (m, 4H), 3.67 (m, 4H), 1.95 (brm, 1H),0.48 (brm, 4H) 162 516.3 4.4 DMSO-d6: 8.42 (s, 1H), 7.52 (m, 2H), 7.25(m, 2H), 7.08 (m, 1H), 6.74 (m, 2H), 6.50 (m, 1H), 4.26-4.90 (m, 6H),4.19 (m, 1H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 1.20-1.90 (m, 12H), 0.90 (m, 6H) 163 447.13.5 DMSO-d6: 8.55 (s, 1H), 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.15 (m, 3H), 7.04 (d, 1H),6.95 (m, 1H), 6.84 (d, 1H), 4.45 (brs, 2H), 3.78 (m, 4H), 3.67 (m, 4H),2.26 (s, 3H), 2.15 (brm, 1H), 0.48 (m, 4H) 164 479 3.6 CD3OD: 8.45 (s,1H), 7.40 (m, 2H), 6.95-7.15 (m, 4H), 6.81 (d, 2H), 4.53 (brs, 2H), 4.21(m, 4H), 2.65 (m, 4H), 1.85 (brm, 1H), 0.51 (brm, 4H). 165 477.5 3.8DMSO-d6: 8.41 (s, 1H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.26 (m, 3H), 7.18 (m, 1H), 7.07(m, 1H), 6.71 (s, 1H), 6.39 (br s, 1H), 4.76 (br s, 1H), 3.62 (br s,4H), 3.58 (br s, 4H), 1.12 (s, 9H), 0.97 (d, 6H, J = 5 Hz). 166 532.22.5 DMSO-d6: 8.51 (s, 1H), 7.65 (m, 2H), 7.29 (m, 2H), 7.07 (m, 1H),6.74 (m, 2H), 6.47 (m, 1H), 4.78 (m, 2H), 4.09 (m, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H),3.56 (brm, 5H), 3.12 (m, 2H), 2.98 (m, 2H), 1.53-2.25 (m, 8H), 0.91 (m,6H) 167 448 2.3 DMSO-d6: 8.61 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.15-7.45 (m,5H), 6.94 (m, 2H), 4.74-7.80 (m, 4H), 3.85 (m, 1H), 3.50 (m, 2H), 3.30(m, 2H), 3.10 (m, 2H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 0.90 (brS, 6H) 168 474.1 2.8 169477.5 3.5 DMSO-d6: 8.40 (s, 1H), 7.54 (m, 1H), 7.39 (m, 1H), 7.28 (m,2H), 7.13 (t, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 6.80 (d, 1H, J = 7 Hz), 6.35 (d, 1H, J = 7Hz), 6.25 (s, 1H), 4.61 (m, 1H), 3.73 (br s, 4H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.60 (d,4H, J = 4 Hz), 1.72 (br s, 2H), 1.43 (br s, 4H), 1.29 (br s, 2H). 170475 3.98 NMR 1H (CDCl3): “show rotameres” 8.8 (s, 1H), 8.3 (d, 2H),7.2-7.4 (m, 5H), 6.7-7.0 (m, 2H), 4.4-4.8 (m, 2H), 3.7-4.0 (M, 8H), 3.2(m, 2H), 1.0-1.5 (m, 12H). 171 477.5 3.5 DMSO-d6: 8.32 (s, 1H), 7.54 (m,1H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.27 (m, 2H), 6.64 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 6.23 (m, 1H),6.02 (s, 1H), 4.73 (m, 1H), 4.19 (s, 4H), 3.69 (br s, 4H), 1.60 (br s,2H), 1.47 (br s, 4H), 0.92 (d, 6H, J = 6 Hz). 172 431.4 3.3 DMSO-d6:8.41 (s, 1H), 7.52 (m, 2H), 7.29 (m, 2H), 3.76 (m, 4H), 3.67 (m, 5H),2.81 (br s, 1H), 2.72 (br s, 1H), 1.48 (br s, 1H), 1.24 (s, 6H), 1.13(m, 2H), 0.86 (m, 1H). 173 536.2 3.7 CD3OD: 8.38 (s, 1H), 7.75 (m, 1H),7.10-7.65 (10H), 7.15 (m, 1H), 3.85 (brs, 2H), 3.55 (m, 3H), 2.98 (m,2H), 0.89 (brm, 6H) 174 357 2.77 DMSO-d6: 1.60 (m, 2H), 1.83 (m, 2H),2.10 (m, 2H), 3.66 (m, 4H), 3.78 (m, 4H), 7.17 (m, 1H), 7.27 (t, 1H),7.46 (m, 1H), 7.53 (m, 1H), 8.23 (d, 1H), 8.53 (s, 1H) 175 465.4 3.8DMSO-d6: 8.42 (s, 1H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.42 (t, 1H, J = 7 Hz), 7.34 (d,1H, J = 7 Hz), 7.13 (t, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 6.80 (d, 1H, J = 7 Hz), 6.30 (d,1H, J = 7 Hz), 6.14 (s, 1H), 4.66 (br s, 1H), 3.68 (br s, 4H), 3.66 (s,3H), 1.59 (m, 2H), 1.46 (br s, 4H), 0.88 (d, 6H, J = 6 Hz). 176 501 2.6DMSO-d6: 8.63 (s, 1H), 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.26 (d, 2H), 7.17 (m, 2H), 6.99(d, 2H), 4.77 (d, 2H), 4.48 (brs, 2H), 3.51 (m, 2H), 4.48 (m, 2H), 3.51(m, 2H), 3.31 (m, 2H), 3.15 (m, 2H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.00 (m, 1H), 1.28(s, 9H), 0.48 (m, 4H). 177 475.5 3.72 178 466.4 3.2 DMSO-d6: 8.55 (s,1H), 8.08 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz) 7.58 (m, 1H), 7.51 (m, 1H), 7.28 (m, 5H),4.76 (br s, 1H), 3.67 (br s, 4H), 3.59 (d, 4H, J = 4 Hz), 0.98 (d, 6H, J= 4 Hz). 179 433.4 3.7 DMSO-d6: 7.57 (m, 1H), 7.37 (m, 2H), 7.29 (m,2H), 7.19 (m, 1H), 7.14 (t, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 6.35 (br s, 1H), 4.78 (m,1H), 3.79 (br s, 2H), 3.62 (br s, 2H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 1.56 (m, 2H), 1.42(m, 4H), 0.85 (dd, 6H, J = 7 Hz, 16 Hz). 180 459 2.4 DMSO-d6 8.49 (s,1H), 7.57 (m, 2H), 7.32 (t, 2H), 7.21 (m, 3H), 6.98 (m, 2H), 4.77 (m,2H), 4.65 (m, 1H), 4.20 (m, 2H), 3.51 (m, 2H), 3.33 (m, 2H), 3.11 (m,2H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.05 (m, 2H), 1.25-1.50 (4H) 181 459.4 3.5 182 465.43.1 DMSO-d6: 8.40 (s, 1H), 7.54 (m, 1H), 7.39 (m, 1H), 7.29 (m, 2H),6.71 (d, 1H, J = 7 Hz), 6.18 (m, 2H), 6.01 (s, 2H), 4.73 (m, 1H), 3.66(br s, 4H), 3.61 (br s, 4H), 0.93 (d, 6H, J = 6 Hz). 183 449.4 3.1DMSO-d6: 8.48 (s, 1H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.42 (t, 1H, J = 7 Hz), 7.29 (m,2H), 7.13 (t, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 6.76 (dd, 1H, J = 2 Hz, 8 Hz), 6.40 (d, 1H,J = 8 Hz), 6.37 (s, 1H), 3.72 (t, 4H, J = 5 Hz), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.64 (t,4H, J = 5 Hz), 2.85 (m, 1H), 0.67 (m, 2H), 0.39 (m, 2H). 184 515.5 4.2DMSO-d6: 8.45 (s, 1H), 7.60 (m, 2H), 7.20 (m, 2H), 6.99 (d, 2H), 6.81(d, 2H), 4.30 (m, 4H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.40 (m, 2H), 2.06 (m, 1H),1.25-1.90 (m, 12H), 0.46 (brm, 4H) 185 451.5 3.2 DMSO-d6: 8.35 (s, 1H),7.55 (m, 1H), 7.39 (m, 1H), 7.29 (m, 2H), 6.75 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 6.63(d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 4.76 (m, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.64 (br s, 4H), 3.60 (brs, 4H), 0.92 (d, 6H, J = 6 Hz). 186 479.2 3.4 DMSO-d6: 7.04-7.60 (m,6H), 6.72 (m, 2H), 6.31 (d, 2H), 4.52 (d, 1H), 4.22 (d, 1H), 3.62-3.82(m, 11H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 0.95 (d, 3H), 0.51 (d, 3H) 187 405 3.21 CDCl3:8.43 (s, 1H), 7.61 (t, 1H), 7.28 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.21 (m, 4H), 7.05 (d,1H), 6.96 (m, 1H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 4.55 (s, 2H), 3.85 (t, 4H), 3.72 (t,4H), 188 499.1 3.6 DMSO-d6: 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.05-7.60 (m, 10H), 6.72 (2H),5.17 (m, 1H), 4.36 (m, 2H), 3.89 (m, 1H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 1.45 (m, 3H),0.79 (m, 6H) 189 501.5 4.2 190 463.4 3.4 DMSO-d6: 8.37 (s, 1H), 7.54 (m,1H), 7.41 (t, 1H, J = 7 Hz), 7.29 (m, 2H), 7.18, (t, 1H, J = 6 Hz), 6.82(d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 6.36 (d, 1H, J = 8 Hz), 6.28 (s, 1H), 4.66 (m, 1H),3.67 (m, 7H), 3.61 (m, 4H), 1.98 (m, 2H), 1.69 (m, 2H), 1.52 (m, 1H),1.42 (m, 1H). 191 465.1 3.4 DMSO-d6: 8.46 (brs, 1H), 7.55 (brm, 2H),7.30 (brm, 3H), 7.12 (brm, 3H), 4.35 (m, 1H), 3.65-3.80 (m, 12H),1.50-1.80 (brm, 4H) 192 487.5 3.6 CD3OD: 7.36 (m, 2H), 7.06 (m, 2H),6.82 (s, 1H), 6.73 (d, 1H), 6.53 (d, 1H), 4.95 (d, 1H), 4.52 (t, 2H),3.94 (d, 1H), 3.84 (m, 4H), 3.12 (m, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 1.87 (m, 1H),1.70 (m, 2H), 1.61 (m, 4H), 0.51 (3H), 0.20 (m, 1H) 193 476 2.2 DMSO-d68.62 (s, 1H), 7.47 (m, 2H), 7.22 (m, 2H), 6.98 (d, 2H), 6.80 (d, 2H),4.76 (d, 2H), 4.45 (brm, 2H), 3.74 (d, 3H), 3.51 (m, 2H), 3.30 (m, 2H),2.84 (s, 3H), 1.95 (m, 1H), 0.47 (brm, 4H). 194 451.1 3.5 195 501 3.6DMSO-d6: 8.65 (brs, 1H), 7.61 (d, 1H), 7.50 (m, 4H), 7.38 (d, 1H),7.05-7.15 (m, 2H), 4.60 (brs, 2H), 3.78 (m, 4H), 3.67 (m, 4H), 2.20(brm, 1H), 0.53 (m, 4H) 196 385 3.11 DMSO-d6: 1.06-1.23 (m, 5H), 1.51(m, 1H), 1.61-1.69 (m, 4H), 1.70 (m, 2H), 3.54 (m, 1H), 3.66 (m, 4H),3.77 (m, 4H), 7.17 (m, 1H), 7.25 (t, 1H), 7.46 (m, 1H), 7.53 (m, 1H),7.85 (d, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H) 197 493.5 2.9 DMSO-d6: 8.69 (s, 1H), 7.56 (m,1H), 7.39 (m, 1H), 7.29 (m, 2H), 7.16 (m, 1H), 6.83 (d, 1H, J = 7 Hz),6.35 (d, 1H, J = 7 Hz), 6.27 (s, 1H), 4.55 (br s, 1H), 3.82 (m, 2H),3.66 (s, 3H), 3.45 (br s, 8H), 3.33 (m, 2H), 1.59 (m, 2H), 1.28 (m, 2H).198 518.5 3.2 DMSO-d6: 8.45 (d, 2H), 7.34-7.55 (m, 4H), 6.67 (m, 2H),6.63 (m, 2H), 3.77-3.98 (m, 11H), 3.17 (t, 4H), 1.93 (t, 4H), 2.20 (brm,1H), 1.63 (brm, 2H), 1.53 (brm, 4H), 0.82 (brm, 6H) 199 421.2 3.2DMSO-d6: 8.33 (s, 1H), 7.03-7.53 (m, 9H), 3.77 (m, 4H), 3.67 (m, 4H),3.49 (m, 1H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.66 (m, 2H) 200 489.2 3.3 DMSO-d6:7.10-7.60 (m, 3H), 6.51-6.66 (m, 3H), 4.83 (d, 1H), 4.48 (t, 2H), 3.89(d, 1H), 3.64-3.73 (m, 8H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 1.84 (m, 1H), 0.20-0.50 (m,4H) 201 437.4 3.6 CD3OD: 8.33 (s, 1H), 7.54 (q, 1H, J = 6 Hz, 13 Hz),7.35 (br s, 1H), 7.09-7.30 (m, 5H), 6.60 (br s, 2H), 4.86 (m, 1H), 4.09(br s, 4H), 2.56 (br s, 4H), 1.06 (d, 6H, J = 6 Hz). 202 446.4 3.1DMSO-d6: 8.51 (s, 1H), 7.69 (d, 1H, J = 7 Hz), 7.63 (m, 1H), 7.40 (m,1H), 7.32 (t, 3H, J = 9 Hz), 7.05 (m, 1H), 6.8 (br s, 1H), 4.75 (br s,1H), 3.67 (d, 4H, J = 5 Hz), 3.61 (d, 4H, J = 5 Hz), 0.96 (d, 6H, J = 6Hz). 203 507.5 3.6 DMSO-d6: 8.41 (s, 1H), 7.51 (m, 1H), 7.43 (m, 2H),7.17 (m, 1H), 6.83 (d, 1H, J = 7 Hz), 6.62 (d, 1H, J = 2 Hz), 6.33 (d,1H, J = 7 Hz), 6.19 (s, 1H), 4.54 (br s, 1H), 3.82 (m, 2H), 3.75 (m,4H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 3.26 (m, 2H), 1.65 (m, 1H), 1.54-1.59 (m, 4H), 1.45(m, 4H), 1.22 (m, 3H). 204 526.1 2.37 DMSO-d6: 8.87 (d, 2H), 8.51 (s,1H), 8.34 (m, 2H), 7.89 (m, 2H), 7.58 (t, 1H), 7.56 (m, 2H), 7.48 (m,1H), 7.05 (m, 1H), 7.85 (m, 1H), 4.73 (brs, 2H), 4.22 (m, 4H), 2.65(brm, 4H), 2.05 (m, 1H), 0.63 (m, 2H), 0.56 (m, 2H) 205 434 2 DMSO-d6:8.75 (brs, 1H), 8.62 (d, 2H), 7.52 (m, 2H), 7.41 (m, 2H), 7.26 (m, 2H),4.64 (brs, 2H), 3.78 (m, 4H), 3.67 (m, 4H), 2.45 (brm, 1H), 0.57 (m, 4H)206 421 3.65 CDCl3: 8.41 (s, 1H), 7.59 (t, 1H), 7.29 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.21(m, 4H), 7.05 (d, 1H), 6.96 (m, 1H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 4.55 (s, 2H), 4.17(t, 4H), 2.63 (t, 4H), 207 475.4 3.72

VI. Assays for Detecting and Measuring Inhibition Properties ofCompounds

A. Optical Methods for Assaying CaV Inhibition Properties of Compounds:

Compounds of the embodiments are useful as antagonists of voltage-gatedcalcium ion channels. Antagonist properties of test compounds wereassessed as follows. Cells expressing the CaV of interest were placedinto microtiter plates. After an incubation period, the cells werestained with fluorescent dyes sensitive to the transmembrane potential.The test compounds were added to the microtiter plate. The cells werestimulated with electrical means to evoke a CaV dependent membranepotential change from unblocked channels, which was detected andmeasured with trans-membrane potential-sensitive dyes. Antagonists weredetected as a decreased membrane potential response to the stimulus. Theoptical membrane potential assay utilized voltage-sensitive FRET sensorsdescribed by Gonzalez and Tsien (See Gonzalez, J. E. and R. Y. Tsien(1995) “Voltage sensing by fluorescence resonance energy transfer insingle cells” Biophys J 69(4): 1272-80, and Gonzalez, J. E. and R. Y.Tsien (1997) “Improved indicators of cell membrane potential that usefluorescence resonance energy transfer” Chem Biol 4(4): 269-77) incombination with instrumentation for measuring fluorescence changes suchas the Voltage/Ion Probe Reader (VIPR®) (See, Gonzalez, J. E., K. Oades,et al. (1999) “Cell-based assays and instrumentation for screeningion-channel targets” Drug Discov Today 4(9): 431-439).

VIPR® Optical Membrane Potential Assay Method with ElectricalStimulation

The following is an example of how CaV2.2 inhibition activity ismeasured using the optical membrane potential method. Other subtypes areperformed in an analogous mode in a cell line expressing the CaV ofinterest.

HEK293 cells stably expressing CaV2.2 are plated into 96-well microtiterplates. After an appropriate incubation period, the cells are stainedwith the voltage sensitive dyes CC2-DMPE/DiSBAC2(3) as follows.

Reagents:

100 mg/mL Pluronic F-127 (Sigma #P2443), in dry DMSO

10 mM DiSBAC₆(3) (Aurora #00-100-010) in dry DMSO 10 mM CC2-DMPE (Aurora#00-100-008) in dry DMSO 200 mM Acid Yellow 17 (Aurora #VABSC) in H₂O370 mM Barium Chloride (Sigma Cat#B6394) in H₂O Bath X 160 mM NaCl(Sigma Cat#S-9888) 4.5 mM KCl (Sigma Cat#P-5405) 1 mM MgC12 (FlukaCat#63064) 10 mM HEPES (Sigma Cat#H-4034)

pH 7.4 using NaOH

Loading Protocol:

2X CC2-DMPE=20 μM CC2-DMPE: 10 mM CC2-DMPE is vortexed with anequivalent volume of 10% Pluronic, followed by vortexing in requiredamount of HBSS containing 10 mM HEPES. Each cell plate will require 5 mLof 2×CC2-DMPE. 50 μL of 2×CC2-DMPE is added to wells containing washedcells, resulting in a 10 μM final staining concentration. The cells arestained for 30 minutes in the dark at RT.

2X CC2DMPE & DISBAC₆(3)=8 μM CC2DMPE & 2.5 μM DISBAC₆(3): Vortextogether both dyes with an equivalent volume of 10% Pluronic (in DMSO).Vortex in required amount of Bath X with beta-cyclodextrin. Each 96 wellcell plate will require 5 ml of 2XCC2DMPE. Wash plate with ELx405 withBath X, leaving a residual volume of 50 μL/well. Add 50 μL of 2XCC2DMPE& DISBAC₆(3) to each well. Stain for 30 minutes in the dark at RT.

1.5X AY17=750 μM AY17 with 15 mM BaCl₂: Add Acid Yellow 17 to vesselcontaining Bath X. Mix well. Allow solution to sit for 10 minutes.Slowly mix in 370 mM BaCl₂. This solution can be used to solvatecompound plates. Note that compound plates are made at 1.5× drugconcentration and not the usual 2X. Wash CC2 stained plate, again,leaving residual volume of 50 μL. Add 100 uL/well of the AY17 solution.Stain for 15 minutes in the dark at RT. Run plate on the optical reader.

The electrical stimulation instrument and methods of use are describedin ION Channel Assay Methods PCT/US01/21652, herein incorporated byreference. The instrument comprises a microtiter plate handler, anoptical system for exciting the coumarin dye while simultaneouslyrecording the coumarin and oxonol emissions, a waveform generator, acurrent- or voltage-controlled amplifier, and a device for insertingelectrodes in well. Under integrated computer control, this instrumentpasses user-programmed electrical stimulus protocols to cells within thewells of the microtiter plate.

Assay Protocol

Insert or use electrodes into each well to be assayed.

Use the current-controlled amplifier to deliver stimulation wave pulsesfor 3-5 s. Two seconds of pre-stimulus recording are performed to obtainthe un-stimulated intensities. Five seconds of post-stimulationrecording are performed to examine the relaxation to the resting state.

Data Analysis

Data are analyzed and reported as normalized ratios ofbackground-subtracted emission intensities measured in the 460 nm and580 nm channels. Background intensities are then subtracted from eachassay channel. Background intensities are obtained by measuring theemission intensities during the same time periods from identicallytreated assay wells in which there are no cells. The response as afunction of time is then reported as the ratios obtained using thefollowing formula:

${R(t)} = \frac{\left( {{intensity}_{460\mspace{14mu} n\; m} - {background}_{460\mspace{14mu} n\; m}} \right)}{\left( {{intensity}_{580\mspace{14mu} n\; m} - {background}_{580\mspace{11mu} n\; m}} \right)}$

The data is further reduced by calculating the initial (R_(i)) and final(R_(f)) ratios. These are the average ratio values during part or all ofthe pre-stimulation period, and during sample points during thestimulation period. The response to the stimulus R=R_(f)/R_(i) is thencalculated.

Control responses are obtained by performing assays in the presence of acompound with the desired properties (positive control), such asmibefradil, and in the absence of pharmacological agents (negativecontrol). Responses to the negative (N) and positive (P) controls arecalculated as above. The compound antagonist activity A is defined as:

$A = {\frac{R - P}{N - P}*100.}$

where R is the ratio response of the test compound.

Electrophoresiology Assays for CaV Activity and Inhibition of TestCompounds

Patch clamp electrophysiology was used to assess the efficacy of calciumchannel blockers expressed in HEK293 cells. HEK293 cells expressingCaV2.2 have been visually identified and probed with fine tip glasselectrodes connected to an amplifier (Axon Instruments). The “voltageclamp” mode has been used to assess the compound's IC50 holding thecells at −100 mV. The results of these experiments have contributed tothe definition of the efficacy profile of the compounds.

Voltage-Clamp Assay in HEK293 Cells Expressing CaV2.2

CaV2.2 calcium currents were recorded from HEK293 cells using thewhole-cell variation of the patch clamp technique. Recordings were madeat room temperature (˜22° C.) with thick walled borosilicate glasselectrodes (WPI; resistance 3-4 MΩ using an Axopatch 200B amplifier(Axon Instruments). After establishing the whole-cell configuration,approximately 15 minutes were allowed for the pipette solution toequilibrate within the cell before beginning recording. Currents werelowpass filtered between 2-5 kHz and digitally sampled at 10 kHz. Seriesresistance was compensated 60-70% and was monitored continuouslythroughout the experiment. The liquid junction potential (−7 mV) betweenthe intracellular pipette solution and the external recording solutionwas not accounted for in the data analysis. Test solutions were appliedto the cells with a gravity driven fast perfusion system (SF-77; WarnerInstruments).

Dose-response relationships were determined in voltage clamp mode byrepeatedly depolarizing the cell from the experiment specific holdingpotential to a test potential of +20 mV for 50 ms at frequencies of 0.1,1, 5, 10, 15, and 20 Hz. Blocking effects were allowed to plateau beforeproceeding to the next test concentration.

Solutions

Intracellular solution (in mM): Cs—F (130), NaCl (10), MgCl₂ (1), EGTA(1.5), CaCl₂ (0.1), HEPES (10), glucose (2), pH=7.42, 290 mOsm.

Extracellular solution (in mM): NaCl (138), BaCl₂ (10), KCl (5.33),KH₂PO₄ (0.44), MgCl₂ (0.5), MgSO₄ (0.41), NaHCO₃ (4), Na₂HPO₄ (0.3),glucose (5.6), HEPES (10).

(A) Following these procedures, representative compounds of theembodiments were found to possess desired N-type calcium channelmodulation activity and selectivity.

B. Assays for Detecting and Measuring NaV Inhibition Properties ofCompounds

Optical Methods for Assaying NaV Inhibition Properties of Compounds:

Compounds of the invention are useful as antagonists of voltage-gatedsodium ion channels. Antagonist properties of test compounds wereassessed as follows. Cells expressing the NaV of interest were placedinto microtiter plates. After an incubation period, the cells werestained with fluorescent dyes sensitive to the transmembrane potential.The test compounds were added to the microtiter plate. The cells werestimulated with either chemical or electrical means to evoke a NaVdependent membrane potential change from unblocked channels, which wasdetected and measured with trans-membrane potential-sensitive dyes.Antagonists were detected as a decreased membrane potential response tothe stimulus. The optical membrane potential assay utilizedvoltage-sensitive FRET sensors described by Gonzalez and Tsien (See,Gonzalez, J. E. and R. Y. Tsien (1995) “Voltage sensing by fluorescenceresonance energy transfer in single cells” Biophys J 69(4): 1272-80, andGonzalez, J. E. and R. Y. Tsien (1997) “Improved indicators of cellmembrane potential that use fluorescence resonance energy transfer” ChemBiol 4(4): 269-77) in combination with instrumentation for measuringfluorescence changes such as the Voltage/Ion Probe Reader (VIPR®) (See,Gonzalez, J. E., K. Oades, et al. (1999) “Cell-based assays andinstrumentation for screening ion-channel targets” Drug Discov Today4(9): 431-439).

VIPR® Optical Membrane Potential Assay Method with Chemical StimulationCell Handling and Dye Loading

24 hours before the assay on VIPR, CHO cells endogenously expressing aNaV 1.2 type voltage-gated NaV are seeded in 96-well poly-lysine coatedplates at 60,000 cells per well. Other subtypes are performed in ananalogous mode in a cell line expressing the NaV of interest.

-   1) On the day of the assay, medium is aspirated and cells are washed    twice with 225 μL of Bath Solution #2 (BS#2).-   2) A 15 μM CC2-DMPE solution is prepared by mixing 5 mM coumarin    stock solution with 10% Pluronic 127 1:1 and then dissolving the mix    in the appropriate volume of BS#2.-   3) After bath solution is removed from the 96-well plates, the cells    are loaded with 80 μL of the CC2-DMPE solution. Plates are incubated    in the dark for 30 minutes at room temperature.-   4) While the cells are being stained with coumarin, a 15 μL oxonol    solution in BS#2 is prepared. In addition to DiSBAC₂(3), this    solution should contain 0.75 mM ABSC1 and 30 μL veratridine    (prepared from 10 mM EtOH stock, Sigma #V-5754).-   5) After 30 minutes, CC2-DMPE is removed and the cells are washed    twice with 225 μL of BS#2. As before, the residual volume should be    40 μL.-   6) Upon removing the bath, the cells are loaded with 80 μL of the    DiSBAC₂(3) solution, after which test compound, dissolved in DMSO,    is added to achieve the desired test concentration to each well from    the drug addition plate and mixed thoroughly. The volume in the well    should be roughly 121 μL. The cells are then incubated for 20-30    minutes.-   7) Once the incubation is complete, the cells are ready to be    assayed on VIPR® with a sodium addback protocol. 120 μL of Bath    solution #1 is added to stimulate the NaV dependent depolarization.    200 μL tetracaine was used as an antagonist positive control for    block of the NaV channel.

Analysis of VIPR® Data:

Data are analyzed and reported as normalized ratios ofbackground-subtracted emission intensities measured in the 460 nm and580 nm channels. Background intensities are then subtracted from eachassay channel. Background intensities are obtained by measuring theemission intensities during the same time periods from identicallytreated assay wells in which there are no cells. The response as afunction of time is then reported as the ratios obtained using thefollowing formula:

${R(t)} = \frac{\left( {{intensity}_{460\mspace{14mu} n\; m} - {background}_{460\mspace{14mu} n\; m}} \right)}{\left( {{intensity}_{580\mspace{14mu} n\; m} - {background}_{580\mspace{11mu} n\; m}} \right)}$

The data is further reduced by calculating the initial (R_(i)) and final(R_(f)) ratios. These are the average ratio values during part or all ofthe pre-stimulation period, and during sample points during thestimulation period. The response to the stimulus R=R_(f)/R_(i) is thencalculated. For the Na⁺ addback analysis time windows, baseline is 2-7sec and final response is sampled at 15-24 sec.

Control responses are obtained by performing assays in the presence of acompound with the desired properties (positive control), such astetracaine, and in the absence of pharmacological agents (negativecontrol). Responses to the negative (N) and positive (P) controls arecalculated as above. The compound antagonist activity A is defined as:

$A = {\frac{R - P}{N - P}*100.}$

where R is the ratio response of the test compound

Solutions [mM]:

-   Bath Solution #1: NaCl 160, KCl 4.5, CaCl₂ 2, MgCl₂ 1, HEPES 10, pH    7.4 with NaOH-   Bath Solution #2 TMA-Cl 160, CaCl₂ 0.1, MgCl₂ 1, HEPES 10, pH 7.4    with KOH (final K concentration˜5 mM)-   CC2-DMPE: prepared as a 5 mM stock solution in DMSO and stored at    −20° C.-   DiSBAC₂(3): prepared as a 12 mM stock in DMSO and stored at −20° C.-   ABSC1: prepared as a 200 mM stock in distilled H₂O and stored at    room temperature

Cell Culture

CHO cells are grown in DMEM (Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium; GibcoBRL#10569-010) supplemented with 10% FBS (Fetal Bovine Serum, qualified;GibcoBRL #16140-071) and 1% Pen-Strep (Penicillin-Streptomycin; GibcoBRL#15140-122). Cells are grown in vented cap flasks, in 90% humidity and10% CO₂, to 100% confluence. They are usually split by trypsinization1:10 or 1:20, depending on scheduling needs, and grown for 2-3 daysbefore the next split.

VIPR® Optical Membrane Potential Assay Method with ElectricalStimulation

The following is an example of how NaV1.3 inhibition activity ismeasured using the optical membrane potential method#2. Other subtypesare performed in an analogous mode in a cell line expressing the NaV ofinterest.

HEK293 cells stably expressing NaV1.3 are plated into 96-well microtiterplates. After an appropriate incubation period, the cells are stainedwith the voltage sensitive dyes CC2-DMPE/DiSBAC2(3) as follows.

Reagents:

-   -   100 mg/mL Pluronic F-127 (Sigma #P2443), in dry DMSO    -   10 mM DiSBAC₂(3) (Aurora #00-100-010) in dry DMSO    -   10 mM CC2-DMPE (Aurora #00-100-008) in dry DMSO    -   200 mM ABSC1 in H₂O    -   Hank's Balanced Salt Solution (Hyclone #SH30268.02) supplemented        with 10 mM HEPES (Gibco #15630-080)

Loading Protocol:

2X CC2-DMPE=20 μM CC2-DMPE: 10 mM CC2-DMPE is vortexed with anequivalent volume of 10% pluronic, followed by vortexing in requiredamount of HBSS containing 10 mM HEPES. Each cell plate will require 5 mLof 2×CC2-DMPE. 50 μL of 2×CC2-DMPE is added to wells containing washedcells, resulting in a 10 μM final staining concentration. The cells arestained for 30 minutes in the dark at RT.

2X DISBAC₂(3) with ABSC1=6 μM DISBAC₂(3) and 1 mM ABSC1: The requiredamount of 10 mM DISBAC₂(3) is added to a 50 ml conical tube and mixedwith 1 μL 10% pluronic for each mL of solution to be made and vortexedtogether. Then HBSS/HEPES is added to make up 2× solution. Finally, theABSC1 is added.

The 2X DiSBAC₂(3) solution can be used to solvate compound plates. Notethat compound plates are made at 2× drug concentration. Wash stainedplate again, leaving residual volume of 50 Add 50 μL/well of the 2XDiSBAC₂(3) w/ABSC1. Stain for 30 minutes in the dark at RT.

The electrical stimulation instrument and methods of use are describedin ION Channel Assay Methods PCT/US01/21652, herein incorporated byreference. The instrument comprises a microtiter plate handler, anoptical system for exciting the coumarin dye while simultaneouslyrecording the coumarin and oxonol emissions, a waveform generator, acurrent- or voltage-controlled amplifier, and a device for insertingelectrodes in well. Under integrated computer control, this instrumentpasses user-programmed electrical stimulus protocols to cells within thewells of the microtiter plate.

Reagents Assay Buffer #1

140 mM NaCl, 4.5 mM KCl, 2 mM CaCl₂, 1 mM MgCl₂, 10 mM HEPES, 10 mMglucose, pH 7.40, 330 mOsmPluronic stock (1000×): 100 mg/mL pluronic 127 in dry DMSOOxonol stock (3333×): 10 mM DiSBAC₂(3) in dry DMSOCoumarin stock (1000×): 10 mM CC2-DMPE in dry DMSOABSC1 stock (400×): 200 mM ABSC1 in water

Assay Protocol

-   -   1. Insert or use electrodes into each well to be assayed.    -   2. Use the current-controlled amplifier to deliver stimulation        wave pulses for 3 s. Two seconds of pre-stimulus recording are        performed to obtain the un-stimulated intensities. Five seconds        of post-stimulation recording are performed to examine the        relaxation to the resting state.

Data Analysis

Data are analyzed and reported as normalized ratios ofbackground-subtracted emission intensities measured in the 460 nm and580 nm channels. Background intensities are then subtracted from eachassay channel. Background intensities are obtained by measuring theemission intensities during the same time periods from identicallytreated assay wells in which there are no cells. The response as afunction of time is then reported as the ratios obtained using thefollowing formula:

${R(t)} = \frac{\left( {{intensity}_{460\mspace{14mu} n\; m} - {background}_{460\mspace{14mu} n\; m}} \right)}{\left( {{intensity}_{580\mspace{14mu} n\; m} - {background}_{580\mspace{11mu} n\; m}} \right)}$

The data is further reduced by calculating the initial (R_(i)) and final(R_(f)) ratios. These are the average ratio values during part or all ofthe pre-stimulation period, and during sample points during thestimulation period. The response to the stimulus R=R_(f)/R_(i) is thencalculated.

Control responses are obtained by performing assays in the presence of acompound with the desired properties (positive control), such astetracaine, and in the absence of pharmacological agents (negativecontrol). Responses to the negative (N) and positive (P) controls arecalculated as above. The compound antagonist activity A is defined as:

$A = {\frac{R - P}{N - P}*100.}$

where R is the ratio response of the test compound.

Electrophysiology Assays for NaV Activity and Inhibition of TestCompounds

Patch clamp electrophysiology was used to assess the efficacy andselectivity of sodium channel blockers in dorsal root ganglion neurons.Rat neurons were isolated from the dorsal root ganglions and maintainedin culture for 2 to 10 days in the presence of NGF (50 ng/ml) (culturemedia consisted of NeurobasalA supplemented with B27, glutamine andantibiotics). Small diameter neurons (nociceptors, 8-12 μm in diameter)have been visually identified and probed with fine tip glass electrodesconnected to an amplifier (Axon Instruments). The “voltage clamp” modehas been used to assess the compound's ICSO holding the cells at −60 mV.In addition, the “current clamp” mode has been employed to test theefficacy of the compounds in blocking action potential generation inresponse to current injections. The results of these experiments havecontributed to the definition of the efficacy profile of the compounds.

Voltage-Clamp Assay in DRG Neurons

TTX-resistant sodium currents were recorded from DRG somata using thewhole-cell variation of the patch clamp technique. Recordings were madeat room temperature (˜22° C.) with thick walled borosilicate glasselectrodes (WPI; resistance 3-4 MΩ) using an Axopatch 200B amplifier(Axon Instruments). After establishing the whole-cell configuration,approximately 15 minutes were allowed for the pipette solution toequilibrate within the cell before beginning recording. Currents werelowpass filtered between 2-5 kHz and digitally sampled at 10 kHz. Seriesresistance was compensated 60-70% and was monitored continuouslythroughout the experiment. The liquid junction potential (−7 mV) betweenthe intracellular pipette solution and the external recording solutionwas not accounted for in the data analysis. Test solutions were appliedto the cells with a gravity driven fast perfusion system (SF-77; WarnerInstruments).

Dose-response relationships were determined in voltage clamp mode byrepeatedly depolarizing the cell from the experiment specific holdingpotential to a test potential of +10 mV once every 60 seconds. Blockingeffects were allowed to plateau before proceeding to the next testconcentration.

Solutions

Intracellular solution (in mM): Cs—F (130), NaCl (10), MgCl₂ (1), EGTA(1.5), CaCl₂ (0.1), HEPES (10), glucose (2), pH=7.42, 290 mOsm.

Extracellular solution (in mM): NaCl (138), CaCl₂ (1.26), KCl (5.33),KH₂PO₄ (0.44), MgCl₂ (0.5), MgSO₄ (0.41), NaHCO₃ (4), Na₂HPO₄ (0.3),glucose (5.6), HEPES (10), CdCl₂ (0.4), NiCl₂ (0.1), TTX (0.25×10⁻³).

Current-Clamp Assay for NaV Channel Inhibition Activity of Compounds

Cells were current-clamped in whole-cell configuration with a Multiclamp700A amplifier (Axon Inst). Borosilicate pipettes (4-5 MOhm) were filledwith (in mM):150 K-gluconate, 10 NaCl, 0.1 EGTA, 10 HEPES, 2 MgCl₂,(buffered to pH 7.34 with KOH). Cells were bathed in (in mM): 140 NaCl,3 KCl, 1 MgCl, 1 CaCl, and 10 HEPES). Pipette potential was zeroedbefore seal formation; liquid junction potentials were not correctedduring acquisition. Recordings were made at room temperature.

Examples of activities of the ion channel modulators of formulae (I andIa) on modulating CaV 2.2, NaV 1.3, and NaV 1.8 receptors are shownbelow in Table 9. The compound activity for the CaV 2.2, NaV 1.3, andNaV 1.8 receptors is illustrated with “+++” if activity was measured tobe less than 2.0 μM, “++” if activity was measured to be 2.0 μM to 10.0μM, “+” if activity was measured to be greater than 10.0 μM, and “−” ifno data was available.

TABLE 9 Activities of the ion channel modulators of formulae (I, Ia)Compound No. CaV 2.2 NaV 1.3 NaV 1.8 1 +++ ++ ++ 2 ++ + + 3 + ++ + 4 +++++ ++ 5 ++ + + 6 − − − 7 ++ ++ + 8 ++ ++ + 9 ++ ++ + 10 ++ ++ + 11 + + +12 +++ + + 13 ++ + + 14 ++ + + 15 + + + 16 + + + 17 + + + 18 + + +19 + + + 20 +++ ++ ++ 21 + + + 22 +++ ++ + 23 + + + 24 +++ ++ ++25 + + + 26 ++ ++ + 27 ++ ++ + 28 + + + 29 +++ ++ ++ 30 ++ ++ + 31 ++++ + 32 ++ ++ + 33 + + + 34 ++ ++ + 35 + + + 36 ++ ++ + 37 + + + 38 − −− 39 + + + 40 + ++ + 41 + ++ + 42 ++ ++ + 43 ++ ++ + 44 + ++ ++ 45 + + +46 + + + 47 ++ ++ + 48 ++ ++ + 49 + ++ + 50 ++ + + 51 ++ ++ + 52 ++ ++ +53 ++ ++ + 54 ++ ++ + 55 ++ ++ ++ 56 ++ + + 57 + + + 58 + + + 59 +++ ++++ 60 ++ + + 61 − − − 62 ++ ++ + 63 + + + 64 ++ ++ + 65 ++ + + 66 ++ + +67 + + + 68 ++ + + 69 ++ + + 70 +++ ++ + 71 + + + 72 + + + 73 + + + 74++ ++ + 75 + + + 76 + + + 77 ++ ++ + 78 +++ ++ ++ 79 + + + 80 ++ ++ + 81++ ++ + 82 ++ + + 83 +++ ++ ++ 84 + + + 85 + ++ ++ 86 ++ + + 87 + + + 88++ + + 89 + + + 90 ++ ++ ++ 91 + + + 92 +++ + + 93 ++ ++ + 94 +++ +++ ++95 ++ + + 96 +++ ++ + 97 + + + 98 +++ ++ ++ 99 + + + 100 ++ ++ + 101 ++++ + 102 + + + 103 +++ +++ + 104 + ++ + 105 ++ ++ + 106 + + + 107 + + +108 +++ ++ + 109 ++ ++ + 110 ++ + + 111 + + + 112 + ++ + 113 + ++ + 114+++ + + 115 ++ + + 116 ++ ++ + 117 +++ ++ ++ 118 +++ ++ + 119 ++ + + 120+++ ++ + 121 ++ ++ + 122 ++ + + 123 ++ + + 124 ++ ++ + 125 ++ + + 126++ + + 127 ++ ++ + 128 ++ ++ + 129 + + + 130 ++ ++ + 131 +++ ++ ++132 + + + 133 ++ ++ + 134 +++ ++ + 135 ++ + + 136 ++ ++ + 137 +++ + +138 + + + 139 ++ ++ ++ 140 ++ ++ + 141 ++ + + 142 +++ +++ +++ 143 ++ ++++ 144 + + + 145 ++ ++ + 146 ++ ++ ++ 147 ++ + + 148 ++ + + 149 + + +150 + + + 151 ++ ++ + 152 ++ ++ + 153 + + + 154 ++ + + 155 ++ + + 156+++ ++ ++ 157 ++ ++ + 158 + + + 159 ++ ++ ++ 160 + + + 161 ++ ++ ++ 162+++ +++ + 163 ++ + + 164 ++ ++ ++ 165 + ++ + 166 − − − 167 + + +168 + + + 169 + ++ + 170 + + + 171 ++ ++ + 172 + + + 173 +++ ++ +174 + + + 175 ++ ++ + 176 ++ + + 177 + + + 178 + + + 179 + + + 180 ++++ + 181 + + + 182 ++ + + 183 + + + 184 ++ + + 185 ++ + + 186 ++ ++ +187 + + + 188 +++ +++ ++ 189 ++ + + 190 + ++ + 191 + + + 192 + + +193 + + + 194 +++ ++ ++ 195 ++ + + 196 + + + 197 + + + 198 ++ + +199 + + + 200 ++ ++ + 201 ++ ++ + 202 + + + 203 + + + 204 ++ ++ +205 + + + 206 + + + 207 + + + 208 + + − 209 + + − 210 + + − 211 + + −212 + − − 213 + − − 214 + − − 215 + − − 216 + + − 217 + + − 218 + + −219 ++ + − 220 ++ + − 221 + − − 222 + + − 223 + + − 224 + + − 225 ++ + −226 + + − 227 + + − 228 + + − 229 + + − 230 + + − 231 + + − 232 ++ + −233 + + − 234 + − − 235 + + − 236 + + − 237 ++ + − 238 + + − 239 ++ + −240 + + − 241 + + − 242 + + − 243 + + − 244 + + − 245 + + − 246 ++ + −247 + + − 248 + + − 249 + − − 250 + − − 251 ++ + − 252 + + − 253 + + −254 + − − 255 + + − 256 + + − 257 + + − 258 + + − 259 + + − 260 + + −261 + + − 262 + + − 263 ++ + − 264 + + − 265 + + − 266 + + − 267 + + −268 + + − 269 + + − 270 + + − 271 + + − 272 + + − 273 + + − 274 + + −275 + − − 276 + + − 277 ++ + − 278 ++ − − 279 + + − 280 + + − 281 + + −282 ++ + − 283 + − − 284 + + − 285 + + − 286 + + − 287 + − − 288 + + −289 + + − 290 + + − 291 + + − 292 + + − 293 + + − 294 + + − 295 ++ + −296 + + − 297 + + − 298 + + − 299 + + − 300 + + − 301 + + − 302 + + −303 + + − 304 + + − 305 + + − 306 + + − 307 + + − 308 + + − 309 + + −310 + + − 311 + − − 312 ++ − − 313 + + − 314 + + − 315 + − − 316 + + −317 + + − 318 + − − 319 + + − 320 + + − 321 + + − 322 + + − 323 + + −324 + + − 325 + + − 326 ++ + − 327 + + − 328 + − − 329 ++ + − 330 + + −331 + + − 332 + + − 333 + + − 334 ++ + − 335 ++ − − 336 + + − 337 + + −338 + + − 339 + + − 340 + + − 341 + + − 342 + + − 343 + + − 344 + + −345 + + − 346 + + − 347 + + − 348 + + − 349 + + − 350 + + − 351 + + −

VIII. Other Embodiments

It is to be understood that while the invention has been described inconjunction with the detailed description thereof, the foregoingdescription is intended to illustrate and not limit the scope of theinvention, which is defined by the scope of the appended claims. Otheraspects, advantages, and modifications are within the scope of thefollowing claims.

1. A method of modulating a sodium ion channel comprising the step ofcontacting said sodium ion channel with a compound of formula I:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Each X isdefined by —Z^(A)R₆, wherein each Z^(A) is independently a bond or anoptionally substituted branched or straight C₁₋₆ aliphatic chain whereinup to two carbon units of Z^(A) are optionally and independentlyreplaced by —CO—, —CS—, —COCO—, —CONR^(A)—, —CONR^(A)NR^(A)—, CO₂—,—OCO—, —NR^(A)CO₂—, —O—, —NR^(A)CONR^(A)—, —OCONR^(A)—, —NR^(A)NR^(A),—NR^(A)NR^(A)CO—, —NR^(A)CO—, —S—, —SO—, —SO₂—, —NR^(A)—, —SO₂NR^(A)—,—NR^(A)SO₂—, or —NR^(A)SO₂NR^(A)—; Each R₆ is independently R^(A), halo,—OH, —NH₂, —NO₂, —CN, —CF₃, or —OCF₃; Each R^(A) is independentlyhydrogen, an optionally substituted C₁₋₈ aliphatic group; a 3-8 memberedoptionally substituted fully saturated, partially unsaturated, or fullyunsaturated monocyclic ring having 0-3 heteroatoms independentlyselected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; an 8-12 membered optionallysubstituted fully saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturatedbicyclic ring system having 0-5 heteroatoms independently selected fromnitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; or two occurrences of R^(A) are takentogether with the atom(s) to which they are attached to form anoptionally substituted 3-12 membered fully saturated, partiallyunsaturated, or fully unsaturated monocyclic or bicyclic ring having 0-4heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;Each n is 1-4; Each R₁ and R₂ is defined by —Z^(B)R₇, wherein each Z^(B)is independently a bond or an optionally substituted straight orbranched C₁₋₆ aliphatic chain wherein up to two carbon units of Z^(B)are optionally and independently replaced by —CO—, —CS—, —COCO—,—CONR^(B)—, —CONR^(B)NR^(B)—, —CO₂—, —OCO—, —NR^(B)CO₂—, —O—,—NR^(B)CONR^(B)—, —OCONR^(B)—, —NR^(B)NR^(B), —NR^(B)NR^(B)CO—,—NR^(B)CO—, —S—, —SO—, —SO₂—, —NR^(B)—, —SO₂NR^(B)—, —NR^(B)SO₂—, or—NR^(B)SO₂NR^(B)—; Each R₇ is independently R^(B), halo, —OH,—NHC(NH)NH₂, —NH₂, —NO₂, —CN, —CF₃, or —OCF₃; Each R^(B) isindependently hydrogen, an optionally substituted C₁₋₈ aliphatic group,an optionally substituted 3-8 membered fully saturated, partiallyunsaturated, or fully unsaturated monocyclic ring having 0-3 heteroatomsindependently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; an optionallysubstituted 8-12 membered fully saturated, partially unsaturated, orfully unsaturated bicyclic ring system having 0-5 heteroatomsindependently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; or twooccurrences of R^(B) are taken together with the atom(s) to which theyare attached to form an optionally substituted 3-12 membered fullysaturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated monocyclic orbicyclic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected fromnitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; Each R₃ and R₄ is defined by —Z^(C)R₈,wherein each Z^(C) is independently a bond or an optionally substitutedstraight or branched C₁₋₆ aliphatic chain wherein up to two carbon unitsof Z^(C) are optionally and independently replaced by —CO—, —CS—,—COCO—, —CONR^(C)—, —CONR^(C)NR^(C)—, —CO₂—, —OCO—, —NR^(C)CO₂—, —O—,—NR^(C)CONR^(C)—, —OCONR^(C)—, —NR^(C)NR^(C), —NR^(C)NR^(C)CO—,—NR^(C)CO—, —S—, —SO—, —SO₂—, —NR^(C)—, —SO₂NR^(C)—, —NR^(C)SO₂—, or—NR^(C)SO₂NR^(C)—; Each R₈ is independently R^(C), halo, —OH, —NH₂,—NO₂, —CN, —CF₃, or —OCF₃; Each R^(C) is independently hydrogen, or anoptionally substituted C₁₋₈ aliphatic group, an optionally substituted3-8 membered fully saturated, partially unsaturated, or fullyunsaturated monocyclic ring having 0-3 heteroatoms independentlyselected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; an optionally substituted8-12 membered fully saturated, partially unsaturated, or fullyunsaturated bicyclic ring system having 0-5 heteroatoms independentlyselected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur; or two occurrences of R^(C)are taken together with the atom(s) to which they are attached to forman optionally substituted 3-12 membered saturated, partiallyunsaturated, or fully unsaturated monocyclic or bicyclic ring having 1-4heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur,each of which is optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents; andEach Y is unsubstituted C₁₋₃ alkyl.
 2. The method of claim 1, wherein R₁is an optionally substituted araliphatic, an optionally substitutedheteroaraliphatic, an optionally substituted C₁₋₈ aliphatic, anoptionally substituted cycloaliphatic, an optionally substitutedheterocycloaliphatic, an optionally substituted aryl, or an optionallysubstituted heteroaryl.
 3. The method of claim 2, wherein R₁ is anoptionally substituted —C₁₋₃ aliphatic-aryl.
 4. The method of claim 3,wherein R₁ is a phenylmethyl, phenylethyl, or phenylpropyl, in which thealiphatic and phenyl portion are each optionally substituted with 1-3substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxy, cyano, nitro,aliphatic, haloaliphatic, alkylamino, cycloaliphatic,heterocycloaliphatic, (heterocycloaliphatic)alkyl, aminocarbonyl, aryl,and heteroaryl.
 5. The method of claim 2, wherein R₁ is an optionallysubstituted aliphatic.
 6. The method of claim 5, wherein R₁ isisopropyl.
 7. The method of claim 2, wherein R₁ is an optionallysubstituted cycloaliphatic or an optionally substitutedheterocycloaliphatic.
 8. The method of claim 2, wherein R₁ is anoptionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl. 9.The method of claim 2, wherein R₂ is hydrogen, an optionally substitutedaliphatic, or an optionally substituted cycloaliphatic.
 10. The methodof claim 9, wherein R₁ is an optionally substituted aryl, optionallysubstituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted araliphatic, oroptionally substituted heteroaraliphatic.
 11. The method of claim 1,wherein R₁, R₂, and the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form anoptionally substituted 4-12 membered fully saturated or partiallyunsaturated monocyclic or bicyclic ring including 1-3 heteroatoms. 12.The method of claim 11, wherein R₁, R₂, and the nitrogen atom to whichthey are attached form a morpholinyl, piperadinyl, piperazinyl,pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl,pyrazolyl, pyrazolidinyl, thiomorpholinyl, or3,4-dihydro-benzo[b][1,4]oxazine, each of which is optionallysubstituted with 1-3 substituents selected from, alkylcarbonyl, halo,cyano, hydroxy, an optionally substituted C₁₋₅ aliphatic,cycloaliphatic, heterocycloaliphatic, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl,alkylaminocarbonyl, aralkyl and heteroaralkyl.
 13. The method of claim1, wherein, R₃, R₄ and the nitrogen atom to which they are attached forma 4-8 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic or bicyclicheterocycloaliphatic, or an optionally substituted 8-12 memberedbicyclic heteroaryl, each of which includes 1-3 heteroatoms selectedfrom N, O, and S.
 14. The method of claim 13, wherein R₃, R₄ and thenitrogen atom to which they are attached form a morpholinyl,thiomorpholinyl, piperadinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl,tetrahydrofuranyl, imidazolinyl, a fully saturated or partiallyunsaturated bicyclic heterocycloaliphatic having 1-3 heteroatomsselected from N, O, and S, each of which is optionally substituted with1-3 of alkylcarbonyl, halo, cyano, hydroxy, an optionally substitutedC₁₋₅ aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, heterocycloaliphatic, alkoxy,alkoxycarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, aralkyl and heteroaralkyl.
 15. Themethod of claim 1, wherein R₃ is an optionally substituted aryl, anoptionally substituted heteroaryl, an optionally substitutedcycloaliphatic, an optionally substituted heterocycloalipahtic, or anoptionally substituted C₁₋₈ aliphatic.
 16. The method of claim 15,wherein R₃ is an optionally substituted aryl.
 17. The method of claim16, wherein R₃ is an optionally substituted aliphatic.
 18. The method ofclaim 16, wherein R₃ is an optionally substituted heteroaryl.
 19. Themethod of claim 1, wherein X is o-halo. 20-67. (canceled)
 68. The methodof claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from: